Home

0 6 V E - InduProgress

1. r Models Wire Torque Wire Type VFD055V23A 2 VFD075V23A 2 VFD110V43B 2 128 AWG pu abd ester 3 3 8 4mm 26in Ibf 75 C VFD055V43A 2 VFD075V43A 2 ag rower Qvoros o n 2 10 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Frame D M id les ine a MEN ES E E EET E 5 3 I i t oc WV grac 9 ZO ory Frame E gt ta To connect 6 AWG 13 3 mm wires use Recognized Ring Terminals AV Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 72 274 Main circuit terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 1 2 Models VFD110V23A 2 VFD110V43A 2 VFD150V43A 2 VFD150V23A 2 VFD185V23A 2 VFD185V43A 2 VFD220V43A 2 VFD220V23A 2 Wire 8 2 AWG 8 4 33 6mm Main circuit terminals Torque 30kgf cm 26in Ibf Wire Type Stranded copper only 75 C R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 1 2 Models VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A
2. Ay CX DN UU Mo tor R L1 n S L2 IM T L3 6 i 3 Recom me nded Circuit FS wh en power supply 1 Ler isturnedOFFbya i faulto u tp ut Ifthe fa ulto ccurs t he i RB multi function co nia cto utp ut contactw illbe ON to turn MC 1 Y relay 1 i RC factory setting faultind ication g 424V NR FWD STOP Factory setting T FWD d MRA Multi function co nta cto utp ut2 SINK Nb de REV STOP 2 oink f ooo REV MRC AS VDO soma j fsm Factory QMultkstept g i MI1 factory setting Source 3 4 Multi step 2 i indicates th atitis running Please refer to setting T r MI2 MQI Multi fu nction con tacto u tpu t3 Figure 3f orwiring 4Multi ste p3 oo MI3 v p hotocoupler of SINK modeand Multi step 4 MIA ue SO URCEmo de t gt 3 Nofundion MI5 MO2 Multi fu nction contacto utput4 TNofun dion a MIG vl photo coupler o 6 Digital Sig nal C ommon i DCM M karolak Don tapply the mains voltage directly 4 A aD MC aa S Upu toa bove terminals O E DFM DigitalF requen oy O utput ACIc urrent voltage se lection E 10V HA TR ACIS witch 3 Powersupply EK UE 0 i DE Make sure th atp oweris OFF a AM YO be for e changingthe swith SKO 2 4 i i M Fi wi 4 Digital Sig nal C ommon setting E aste r Frequency
3. setings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 13 cancel the setting of the optimal O O O O acceleration deceleration time 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 O O O 15 operation speed command form AVI O O O 16 operation speed command form ACI C O O Q 17 operation speed command form AUI O O O O 18 Emergency Stop 07 36 O O O O 2 19 Digital Up command O O Q 20 Digital Down command O O O O 21 PID function disabled O O O O 22 clear counter Q O O O 23 input the counter value multi function input command O O O s O 6 24 FWD JOG command O O 25 REV JOG command O O O 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode selection O O O O 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection O O 28 Emergency stop EF1 O O Q O 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection O O O 30 Signal confirmation for connection O O Q 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 O O O O O 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 O O O O O 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 O O O O O 34 Enable multi step position control O O 35 Enable position control O O O O 36 Enable multi step position learning function valid at O O stop 37 Enable pulse position input command O O O O 38 Disable write EEPROM function O O O O O 39 Torque command direction O 40 Force stop O O O O O 41 Serial position clock O 42 Serial position input O 43 Analog input resolution selection Q 44 Enable initial reel diameter O O
4. TERMINAL 1 Lit Max Weight Model no L1 L2 H D Ww g BR500W030 l 999 320 30 5 3 60 1100 BR500W100 BR1KW020 400 385 50 5 3 100 2800 BR1KW075 BVA ee Appendix B Accessories 17 Order P N BR1KOW050 BR1K2W008 BR1K2W6P8 BR1K5W005 BR1K5W040 B 1 2 Specifications for Brake Unit Bec 230V Series 460V Series 2015 2022 4030 4045 Max Motor Power kW 45 Max Peak Discharge Current 60 A 10 ED Brake Start up Voltage DC idi aan d E DC Voltage 200 400VDC 400 800VDC Heat Sink Overheat Temperature over 95 C 203 F Output Rating ing Input Rat Protection Indoor no corrosive gases metallic dust 10 C 50 C 14 F to 122 F 20 C 60 C 4 F to 140 F 90 Non condensing Vibration 9 8m s 1G under 20Hz 2mis 0 2G at 20 50Hz Environment Alarm Output Relay contact 5A 120VAC 28VDC RA RB RC Power Charge Display Blackout until bus voltage is below 50VDC 4132 132 240 75 618 642 66 7 690 725 750 6V Wall mounted Enclosed Type IP50 IP10 B 6 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1737 3 B 1 3 Dimensions for Brake Unit Dimensions are in millimeter inch Figure 1 VFDB2015 VFDB2022 VF
5. Check ifthe value has been written into Pr 05 05 05 09 i I I I I If the motor and NO No load current of motor I load can be 11 9 Pr 05 05 I separated i E I YES M I M z I run in low speed d NE I r 05 00 i t bul Hell i ni I Check if output current N I is within 20 50 of P RO E I rated current pp I I N I E I YES Stop running 1 d I I NO lfitdisplays AUE Motorautotuning p lfitdisplays tun please check the I Pr 05 00 1 during trial run wiring and parameter I settings YES Y The motor tuning is I I finished after motor is stopped I I i I 3 7 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up c2 V Step 3 Trial run for FOCPG feedback control Selection of speed feedback card YES EMV PG01X Check if PG card Refer to chapter 6 EMV PG010 is normal for fault code i EMV P GO1L pe v sas Check if output NO Check the setting i pl current is normal ofPr 10 00 U YES Encoder input type settin y i f p yE 3 Change the operation ete S I f Pr 10 01 2 4 mechanical direction of motor i i gear Y res Pr 00 10 3 Increase the i FOCPG control mode frequency c
6. Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 3 actory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG Electronic Thermal 30 0 600 0 sec 60 0 O O O O 406 28 Characteristic for Motor 2 w06 29 PTC Positive m 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O O O O O Temperature Coefficient 1 Warn and ramp to stop Detection Selection 2 Warn and coast to stop 06 30 PTC Level 0 0 100 0 50 0 O w 06 31 Filter Time for PTC 0 00 10 00sec 0 20 O O Detection Output Frequency for 0 00 655 35 Hz Read O O 06 32 Malfunction only Output Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O O O O 06 33 Malfunction only DC Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O O O 06 34 Malfunction only Output Current for 0 00 655 35 Amp Read e O 06 35 Malfunction only IGBT Temperature for 0 0 6553 5 C Read O O 06 36 Malfunction only 4 15 Chapter 4 Parameters E Amr Lar Ve Group 7 Special Parameters Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 07 00 Software Brake Level 230V 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 O O O O ra 460V 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 07 01 DC Brake Current 0 100976 0 O O Level w07 02 DC Brake Time at 0 0 60 0 sec 0 0 O C Start up 07 03 DC Brake Time at 0 0 60 0 sec 0 0 O O Stop wOT 04 Start point for DC 0 00 600 00Hz 0 0
7. B 10 3 Wiring EMV APP01 X L refer to Pr 02 35 to Pr 02 42 refer to Pr 03 21 to Pr 03 24 refer to Pr 02 23 to Pr 02 27 When wiring please refer to the multi function input output function in parameters group 02 and group 03 of chapter 4 parameters to set by your applications HDIH WOW W Ham W Analog signalcommon Output power B 43 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive The choice of the right AC motor drive for the application is very important and has great influence on its lifetime If the capacity of AC motor drive is too large it cannot offer complete protection to the motor and motor maybe damaged If the capacity of AC motor drive is too small it cannot offer the required performance and the AC motor drive maybe damaged due to overloading But by simply selecting the AC motor drive of the same capacity as the motor user application requirements cannot be met completely Therefore a designer should consider all the conditions including load type load speed load characteristic operation method rated output rated speed power and the change of load capacity The following table lists the factors you need to consider depending on your requirements Related Specification Item Speed and torque characteristics Time Overload Starting ratings capacity torque Friction load and weight load Liquid viscous load Inertia l
8. Pr Explanation Settings Eu VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TaCPG 05 01 Full load Current of 40 120 of drive s rated current KHR O O O O O Motor 1 A w 05 02 ae power of Motor 1 0 655 35 HHH O O O 05 06 Stator Resistance Rs 0 65 5350 THER O 9 O of Motor 1 05 07 Rotor Resistance Rr 0 65 5350 HHHH O O O of Motor 1 05 08 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH O O Lm of Motor 1 05 09 Stator inductance Lx 0 6553 5mH O O of Motor 1 05 13 Full load Current of 40 120 KHR O O O O O Motor 2 A W054 ae Power of Motor 2 0 655 35 BE O O O 05 17 No load Current of 0 factory setting of Pr 05 01 HHH O O 6 O Motor 2 A 05 18 Stator Resistance Rs 0 65 5350 HHHH O O O of Motor 2 05 19 Rotor Resistance Rr of 0 65 5350 WAKE O O O Motor 2 05 20 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH ie O O Lm of Motor 2 4 41 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 4 Pr Explanation Settings ELE VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 05 21 Stator Inductance Lx 0 6553 5mH O O of Motor 2 Group 6 Protection Parameters Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Over current Stall 00 250 100 drive s rated current 170 O O e X06 03 prevention during 7 o Acceleration Over current Stall 00 250 100 drive s rated current 170 O O C 106 04 prevention during Operation 06 07 Ov
9. Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 20 Warning output O O O O O 21 Over voltage warning O O O D O 22 Over current stall prevention warning O O O 23 Over voltage stall prevention warning O O O O O 24 Operation mode indication O O O O O 25 Forward command O O O D O 26 Reverse command O O O O 27 Output when current gt Pr 02 32 O oO O O O 28 Output when current lt Pr 02 32 O O O C O 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 O O O O O 30 Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 O O O O O 31 Y connection for the motor coil O O O O 32 A connection for the motor coil O O O O 33 Zero speed actual output frequency O O O O 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency O O O O 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 O O O C O 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 O O O O O 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 O O O O O 38 Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 O O O C O 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 O 40 Speed attained including zero speed O O O O 41 Multi position attained O 42 Crane function O O O O 43 Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 O O 44 Max reel diameter attained O amp O O 45 Empty reel diameter attained O O O O 46 Broken belt detection O O O O 47 Break release at stop O 9 O D 48 Error PID feedback of tension O C O O 49 Reserved 50 Reserved Settings Functions Descriptions 0 No Function 1 Operation Indication Active when the drive is no
10. Pr Explanation Settings Emu VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TacPG 04 00 18t Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz oo ololo o Frequency 04 1 209 Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz oololo o Frequency wo04 02 3rd Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz o0o0 olo o Frequency 04 03 4th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 00 Oololo Frequency WO4 04 5th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O Frequency w04 05 6th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O O Frequency w04 06 7th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O O Frequency 04 07 th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 C C Frequency 04 08 9th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O O Frequency w04 09 10th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O O Frequency wod_1o iith Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 OTO c Frequency 04 41 12th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 Ololc Frequency wod i2 13th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz a0 orolotlo Frequency 041g Mth Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 10 ololo O Frequency M 04 14 15th Step Speed 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O Frequency W04 15 Multi position 1 0 65535 0 O W04 16 Multi position 2 0 65535 0 O W04 17 Multi position 3 0 65535 0 O W04 18 Multi position 4 0 65535 0 C3 04 19 Multi position 5 0 65535 0 O W04 20 Multi position 6 0 65535 0 O W04 21 Multi position 7 0 65535 0 O w04 22 Multi position 8 0 65535 0 O 04 23 Multi position 9 0 65535 0 O W04 24 Multi position 10 0 65535 0 O 04 25 Multi position 11 0 65535 0 O W04 26 Multi position 12 0 65535 0 O W04 2
11. 11 bit character frame gt lt 8 bit character d 11 bit character frame M Odd Stop 011312131415 16 7 pary bit amp 8 bit character 11 bit character frame p 3 Communication Protocol 3 1 Communication Data Frame ASCII mode STX Start character 3AH Address Hi Communication address Address Lo 8 bit address consists of 2 ASCII codes Function Hi Command code Function Lo 8 bit command consists of 2 ASCII codes DATA n 1 Contents of data to Nx8 bit data consist of 2n ASCII codes DATA 0 n lt 16 maximum of 32 ASCII codes 4 161 VPA Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 A 4 162 LRC CHK Hi LRC check sum LRC CHK Lo 8 bit check sum consists of 2 ASCII codes END Hi End characters END Lo END1 CR 0DH ENDO LF 0AH RTU mode START A silent interval of more than 10 ms Address Communication address 8 bit address Function Command code 8 bit command DATA n 1 Contents of data P 5 nx8 bit data n lt 16 CRC CHK Low CRC check sum CRC CHK High 16 bit check sum consists of 2 8 bit characters END A silent interval of more than 10 ms 3 2 Address Communication Address Valid communication addresses are in the range of 0 to 254 A communication address equal
12. 4 98 2 Motor speed Hz 600Hz is regarded as 10096 3 Output current rms 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 4 Output voltage 2 X rated voltage is regarded as 100 5 DC Bus Voltage 450V 900V 100 6 Power factor 1 000 1 000 100 7 Power Rated power is regarded as 100 8 Output torque Full load torque is regarded as 100 9 AVI 0 10V 0 100 10 JACI 0 20mA 0 100 11 AUI 10 10V 0 100 12 q axis current 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 13 q axis feedback value 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 14 d axis current 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 15 d axis feedback value 2 5 X rated current is regarded as 100 16 q axis voltage 250V 500V 210096 17 d axis voltage 250V 500V 100 18 Torque command Rated torque is regarded as 100 19 pulse frequency Max frequency Pr 01 00 is regarded as 100 command Chapter 4 Parameters V ZAY Gain for Analog Output 1 Unit 0 1 Gain for Analog Output 2 need to be used with EMV Unit 0 1 APP01 Gain for Analog Output 3 need to be used with EMV Unit 0 1 APP01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 100 0 Settings 0 to 200 0 Ea It is used to adjust the analog voltage level that terminal AFM outputs E This parameter is set the corresponding voltage of the analog output 0 XM w Analog Output 1 Value in REV Direction EIXE Analog Output 2 Value in REV Direction XII Analog Output 3
13. NFB Pe MC R L1 O 6 1F R L1 U T1 S L2 o e S L2 VIT2 gt n i rds NS MOTOR Thermal Overload VFD Series Relay P AED BA SOL Ba SA N N i Brake Relay or Surge Brake i a BRResistor temperature Absorber Unit i switch B2 SER Temperature b B Switch Note1 When using the AC drive with DC reactor please refer to wiring diagram in the AC drive user manual for the wiring of terminal P of Brake unit Note2 Do NOT wire terminal N to the neutral point of power system 10 For model VFD110V43B the brake unit is built in To increase the brake function it can add optional brake unit B 3 Appendix B Accessories 1 7 37 3 B 1 1 Dimensions and Weights for Brake Resistors Dimensions are in millimeter Order P N BR080W200 BRO80W750 BR300W070 BR300W100 BR300W250 BR300W400 BR400W150 BR400W040 TAN RING TERMINAL n H Model no L1 L2 H D w Max Weight g BR080W200 BR080W750 BR300W070 BR300W100 BR300W250 BR300W400 BR400W150 BR400W040 140 125 20 5 3 60 160 215 200 30 5 3 60 750 265 250 30 5 3 60 930 B 4 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories ZZ Order P N BR500W030 BR500W100 BR1KW020 BR1KW075 H
14. Sleep frequency 1 IN 7 T I 1 ANE aa p I 1 lt sleep time HZ U 1 08 12 Sleep Function LEX A PID Deviation Level Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 10 0 mode Settings 1 0 to 50 096 08 14 A PID Deviation Time Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 5 0 mode Settings 0 1 to 300 0 sec EX X Filter Time for PID Feedback Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 5 0 mode Settings 0 1 to 300 0 sec Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved EUM Reserved 4 139 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 Al 08 21 Tension Control Selection Settings 0to4 Factory Setting 0 Settings Control Mode VE VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 Disable 1 Tension closed loop speed mode O O O O 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode O O O 3 Tension close loop torque mode 4 Tension open loop torque mode gq 1 Tension closed loop speed mode The calculation of the master frequency of the tension control Master frequency Hz RR ge TD B V line speed m min D Reel diameter m A f _ Mechanical gear ratio B m tension command ik w PID output frequency M Limit 08 35 20 1 4 ra QS frequency gt PI rs command E 35 1 t 08 29 amp 08 30 08 35 1 1 tension 08 32 amp 08 33 feedback 08 27 20 08 23 am
15. 4 101 Chapter 4 Parameters VZV Group 5 Motor Parameters 05 00 Motor Auto Tuning poy svc Factory setting 0 Settings 0 No function 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved Starting auto tuning by pressing RUN key and it will write the measure value into Pr 05 05 to Pr 05 09 for motor 1 and Pr 05 17 to Pr 05 21 for motor 2 M The steps to AUTO Tuning are when setting to 1 1 Make sure that all the parameters are set to factory settings and the motor wiring is correct 2 Make sure the motor has no load before executing auto tuning and the shaft is not connected to any belt or gear motor It is recommended to set to 2 or 3 if the motor can t separate from the load 3 Motor 1 fill in Pr 01 02 Pr 01 01 Pr 05 01 Pr 05 02 Pr 05 03 and Pr 05 04 with correct values Refer to motor capacity to set accel decel time Motor 2 fill in Pr 01 36 Pr 01 35 Pr 05 13 Pr 05 14 Pr 05 15 and Pr 05 16 with correct values Refer to motor capacity to set accel decel time 4 When Pr 05 00 is set to 1 the AC motor drive will execute auto tuning immediately after receiving a RUN command NOTE the motor will run 5 After executing please check if there are values filled in Pr 05 05 to Pr 05 09 for motor 1 and Pr 05 17 to Pr 05 21 for motor 2 6 Mechanical equivalent circuit I ns Lx F brose Pr 05 09 Pr 05 18 EIOS et 3 L V Lm Rr Pr 05 08 Pr 05 07 l Pr 05 20 Pr 05 1
16. Change switch or relay REV DCM is correct Yes Correct connection v if upper bound freq and setting freq is lower than the min output freq No Motor has malfunction 4 No 4 If load is too large Yes Check if the setting of torque compensation is correct No Check if there is any output voltage from terminals U V and No hyo Check if the parameter setting and wiring of analog signal and multi step speed are correct Change defective potentiometer and relay Please contact DELTA Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction Connect correctly Motor is locked due to large load please reduce load For example if there is a brake check if itis released Increase the setting of torque compensation 5 10 Motor Speed cannot be Changed Yes Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 1 73 3 Motor can run but cannot change speed Yy Modify the setting Yes Check if the setting of the max frequency is too low No No v If the setting of frequency ves r is out of range upper lower gt Modify the setting bound No Press UP DOWN key Y to see if speed has Yes No any change If the setting of Pr 04 00 to Pr 04 14 arethe same If there is any change ofthe signal
17. B 37 Appendix B Accessories 17 37 3 Order P N 50TDS4W4C a ER A SA Lp Le LR is Order P N 100TDS84C IT mr B 38 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 17 37 al Order P N 200TDDS84C EF EF F E AYUDE IUUD DILDO DG k DOODOODONDONDONOONOONONDOUDOONOOOODOODDOODDO DDO ODO OO OL DD TID HO UD EHE HQ HA HD DI UNT DI HII TINI HUC HO I DD HA PHI DNI AT HUE EF 00000000000000100000000000000100000000000000000000000000000000000000000 Order P N 150TDS84C B 39 Appendix B Accessories 7737 Order P N 180TDS84C B 40 NIT mr Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 7277 al B 10 Multi function I O Extension Card B 10 1 Functions EMV APP01 optional multi function I O extension card is exclusively designed for VFD VE series and used with firmware version 2 04 and above It communicates with the AC motor drive by RS 485 communication port COM1 To make sure that the communication is normal it ne
18. Restart after reset Check if there is any malfunction yes component or disconnectionin power supply circuit Change defective component and check connection No Check if voltage is No within specification Change power supply system for requirement Check if there is heavy load yes with high start current in the same power system Using the different power supply for this drive and heavy load system i Check if Lv occurs when breaker and magnetic contactor is ON Check if voltage between 1 2 No and is greater than Pr 06 00 res Control circuit has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Yes No Suitable power transformer capacity gt Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction Please contact DELTA Yes 5 3 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 17 3 A 5 5 Over Heat oH1 oH2 oH3 AC motor drive overheats Heatsink overheats x Check if temperature of heat sink No __ Temperature detection malfunctions is larger than 90 C Please contact DELTA Yes Y i Yes If load is too large Reduce load No v s 4 If cooling fan functions normally gt N9 gt Change cooling fan Yes Y Y gt lt Check if cooling fan is jammed yes y
19. eeeeeee eee aaa aaa aaa aaa ae 1 2 1 1 1 Nameplate Information u aaaaaaaa aa aa aa aa aa aa aaaaaaaaaaaaaaazaaaia 1 2 1 1 2 Model Explanation seeeeeeea aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa 1 2 1 1 3 Series Number Explanation eseee eee 1 3 1 1 4 Drive Frames and Appearances eeaao aaa aana 1 3 1 2 Preparation for Installation and Wiring esses 1 4 1 2 1 Ambient Conditions eeeeuue eee aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa anna in nii 1 4 1 2 2 Remove Keypad nne eee ana Ween ee ee teet eres 1 6 1 2 3 Remove Front Cover oerte ote dies eden eres 1 7 1 2 AMATI ene ee ehe 1 8 1 3 Dirmensioris 5 en er eee 1 10 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring s ssaeeeeeaa aaa aan ozna aaa naa anaewa 2 1 VS VIM R TOO ER AEON 2 2 2 2 External Wiring iin tecto OR Baa raid bended 2 6 2 3 UIN c teers 2 7 2 3 1 Main Circuit Connection esee 2 7 2 3 2 Main Circuit Terminals cccececcceceseseeseeeeeeeeseeaeseseeeeeeanaas 2 10 2 4 Control Terminals cccccccssseseececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeaeeeeeeeeeaueaeeeeeeseeas 2 12 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 3 1 3 1 Digital Keypad KPV CE01 eeuee eee aaa aaa enn 3 1 3 1 1 Description of the Digital Keypad KPV CE01 3 1 3 1 2 How to Operat
20. B 10 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 B 4 AC Reactor Appendix B Accessories VZ B 4 1 AC Input Reactor Recommended Value 460V 50 60Hz 3 Phase DVE kW HP wow mim Jamal ps Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 0 75 1 4 6 9 12 1 5 2 4 6 6 5 9 2 2 3 8 12 5 7 5 3 7 5 8 12 3 5 5 5 7 5 12 18 2 5 4 2 15 10 18 27 1 5 2 5 11 15 25 37 5 1 2 2 15 20 35 52 5 0 8 1 2 18 5 25 35 52 5 0 8 1 2 22 30 45 67 5 0 7 1 2 30 40 55 82 5 0 5 0 85 37 50 80 120 0 4 0 7 45 60 80 120 0 4 0 7 55 75 100 150 0 3 0 45 75 100 130 195 0 2 0 3 B 4 2 AC Output Reactor Recommended Value 230V 50 60Hz 3 Phase kW HP rca GI IE ee gt Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 0 75 1 8 12 3 5 15 2 8 12 1 5 3 2 2 3 12 18 1 25 2 5 3 7 5 18 27 0 8 1 5 5 5 7 5 25 37 5 0 5 1 2 7 5 10 35 52 5 0 4 0 8 11 15 55 82 5 0 25 0 5 15 20 80 120 0 2 0 4 B 11 Appendix B Accessories 7 37 kW HP inea P Um dcus gt Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 18 5 25 80 120 0 2 0 4 22 30 100 150 0 15 0 3 30 40 130 195 0 1 0 2 37 50 160 240 0 075 0 15 460V 50 60Hz 3 Phase kw HP AB aa AE Jaka gt Amps 3 impedance 5 impedance 0 75 1 4 6 9 12 1 5 2 4 6 6 5 9 2 2 3 8 12 5 7 5 3 7 5 12 18 2 5 4 2 5 5 7 5 18 27 1 5 2 5 7 5 10 18 27 1 5 2 5 11 15 25
21. o All parameters are reset to factory settings 60Hz 220V 440V CI When it is set to 1 all parameters are read only except Pr 00 00 00 07 and it can be used with password setting for password protection gq This parameter allows the user to reset all parameters to the factory settings except the fault records Pr 06 17 Pr 06 22 50Hz Pr 01 01 is set to 50Hz and Pr 01 02 is set to 230V or 400V 60Hz Pr 01 01 is set to 60Hz and Pr 01 02 is set to 230Vor 460V L When Pr 00 02 08 the KPV CE01 keypad is locked and only Pr 00 02 can be set To unlock the keypad set Pr 00 02 00 B L When Pr 00 02 is set to 1 or 8 Pr 00 02 setting should be set to 0 before setting to other setting M After setting Pr 00 02 to 2 it can display group 11 to re connect the keypad after disconnection or re power on after the power off ga m Start up Display Selection Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Display the frequency command value LED F 1 Display the actual output frequency LED H 2 Multifunction display see Pr 00 04 LED U 3 Display the output current A Ca This parameter determines the start up display page after power is applied to the drive 4 48 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 27 a I M Content of Multi Function function Display Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 oO one o cuu Display the counter value which counts the number of Wc 2
22. 02 21 40Hz 02 22 2Hz 02 19 10Hz 02 20 2Hz Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 3 02 11 14 3 02 11 14 4 02 31 Brake Delay Time Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 000 Settings 0 000 65 000 Sec Ea When the AC motor drive runs after Pr 02 31 delay time the corresponding multi function output terminal 12 mechanical brake release will be ON It is recommended to use this function with DC brake A A frequency v command 07 02 i A 1 07 03 DC brake y i DC brake time during i i time during start up B A i i stopping lt gt lt gt Output DC brake w TDC brake frequency T U RUN STOP RUN STOP i i l 02 3 1brake delaytime pos Multi function output 1 i 1 i 5g mechanical brake release i lt gt Pr 02 11to 02 14 12 bounce timeof mechanical brake braked release braked Mec hanic al brake 4 91 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 Al an If this parameter is used without DC brake it will be invalid Refer to the following operation timing 4 z j zero LA zero frequency speed Speed command M I I 2 B A a output PA i frequency f 1 RUN RUN STOP i ma STOP Multi function output i i mechanical brake release i Pr 02 11 to 02 14 12 i
23. 1 The energy loss is greater than for an inverter duty motor 2 Avoid running motor at low speed for a long time Under this condition the motor temperature may rise above the motor rating due to limited airflow produced by the motor s fan Consider external forced motor cooling 3 When the standard motor operates at low speed for long time the output load must be decreased 4 The load tolerance of a standard motor is as follows Load duty cycle 9 50 Pc continuous gt L wa 2 0 36 20 60 Frequency Hz 5 If 100 continuous torque is required at low speed it may be necessary to use a special inverter duty motor 6 Motor dynamic balance and rotor endurance should be considered once the operating speed exceeds the rated speed 60Hz of a standard motor Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 C 5 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 17 3 A C 6 T Motor torque characteristics vary when an AC Motor Drive instead of commercial power supply drives the motor Check the load torque characteristics of the machine to be connected Because of the high carrier frequency PWM control of the VFD series pay attention to the following motor vibration problems m Resonant mechanical vibration anti vibration damping rubbers should be used to mount equipment that runs at varying speed W Motor imbalance special care is required for operation at 50 or 60 Hz and higher frequency W To avo
24. 10V 4 20mA is 0 max output frequency Pr 01 00 Ea When it is torque command or torque limit the corresponding value for 0 10V 4 20mA is 0 max output torque Pr 07 22 R D When it is torque compensation the corresponding value for 0 10V 4 20mA is 0 rated torque 4 94 Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Positive torque A 03 00 02 7 03 00 02 9 Positive torque limit Regenerative ies 4 torque limit 03 00 02 10 Positive negative torque limit Reverse gt Forward 03 00 02 10 x Positive negative torque limit 03 00 02 9 Regenerative torque limit 03 00 02 8 N Negative torque limit Negative Torque Analog Input Bias 1 AVI Unit 0 1 Control ing VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 100 0 100 096 Ea It is used to set the corresponding AVI voltage of the external analog input 0 Analog Input Bias 1 ACI Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 100 0 100 0 Ea It is used to set the corresponding ACI voltage of the external analog input 0 Analog Input Bias 1 AUI Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 100 0 100 0 Ea It is used to set the corresponding AUI voltage of the external analog input 0 Positive negative Bias Mode AVI Positive negative Bias Mode ACI Positive negative Bias Mode AUI Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory s
25. 17 37 al Settings Functions Descriptions U 1 Output 5l 0 24 _ frequency PG i feedback NAA ANANA AANA 10 00 10 01 RUN Ml d35_ MO d39_ Time Output frequency UN 1 i i t PG i i feedback 1 I 1 AIMANT ANA oe 10 19 10 00 WWW 10 01 RUN RUN MI d35_ MO d399 a dq When the contact is ON it will select the corresponding multi position by the ON OFF status of multi function inputs 1 4 and written the current motor position into the corresponding multi position Enable multi step 36 position learning function valid at stop 4 78 Chapter 4 Parameters VA Settings Functions Descriptions Run Stop 1011 11 1010 10 corresponds corresponds to to Pr 04 25 Pr 04 24 Ml d1 0 0 mied 4 4 L MI d3 8i MI d4 3 1 4 Ml d36 v 4 Writing the motorposition Writing the motorposition into the Pr 04 24 into the Pr 04 25 When Pr 00 20 is set to 4 or 5 and this contact is ON the input pulse of PG card is position command When using this function it is recommended to set Pr 10 23 to 0 Example When it is used with MI d35 for returning home please refer to the following diagram RUN Ml d35 37 Enable pulse position MO d39 og input command Ml d37 pulse i command lt gt internal posi
26. 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cdO O O 33 U phase current detection error cd1 O O 34 V phase current detection error cd2 O e 35 W phase current detection error cd3 O 36 Clamp current detection error HdO 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41 PID feedback loss AFE O 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 4 42 Chapter 4 Parameters A Pr Explanation Settings EH VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TacPG 45 PG slip error PGF4 C 4 G ref input error PGr1 4 G ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF1 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE
27. Analog signal common terminal QME This GND terminal is only used for 5V terminal on EMV APPO1 Please do NOT confuse with DCM terminal SO1 MCM SO2 MCM Multi function analog voltage output terminal 0 10 0V output current 2mA Max Analog output is set by Pr 03 21 and Pr 03 24 MI7 MIB Multi function input terminals Please refer to Pr 02 23 to Pr 02 27 for MI7 GND MIB GND function selection Take terminals MI7 GND for example ON the activation current is 6 5mA and OFF leakage current tolerance is 10pA MO3 MOA Multi function output terminals photocoupler The AC motor drive outputs each monitor signal such as during operation frequency attained and overload by transistor with open collector Please refer to Pr 03 35 to Pr 03 42 for details MO3 MOA MCM Max 48Vdc 50mA MO3 1 MON I W MCM 4 internal circuit B 42 MCM Multi function output common terminal Max 48Vdc 50mA PME This MCM terminal is only used with MO3 MOA on EMV APPO1 Please do NOT confuse with terminal MCM Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 17 37 al B 10 2 Dimensions OOOOOOOOO q ssosceseg cm ICI a agagagaaa EXTENSION PORT F li L1 jm mmn d
28. Control Factory Setting 1 00 VF VFPG SVC FOCPG mode Settings 0 00 100 00 sec n i Pr 08 59 is only valid when Pr 08 39 is not set to 0 and Pr 08 42 is set to 0 L When the broken belt detection is enabled line speed is higher than Pr 08 60 allowance difference of reel diameter of broken belt detection exceeds Pr 08 61 and detection time of broken belt exceeds Pr 08 62 the broken belt occurs When the broken belt occurs it will display bEb with free running It can be used with the multi function output terminal setting 46 for broken belt detection EC Allowance Error Level of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback Unit 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 Settings 0 100 m The corresponding value for the 100 of tension feedback is 10V Allowance Error Detection Time of Tension Line Speed PID Unit 0 1 Madii F codback BRA VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 5 Settings 0 0 10 0 sec 08 65 Error Treatment of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Warn and keep operation 1 Warn and coast to stop 2 Warn and ramp to stop LU When the error of tension PID target value and tension PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 63 and the allowance error detection time of tension PID exceeds Pr 08 64 tension PID feedback error occurs Refer to Pr 08 65 for error treatment of tension PID feedback It will display tdEv at
29. DS a Forward command Y o Reverse command 02 40 Multi function Output 10 MO8 S NI Output when current gt Pr 02 32 MN e Output when current Pr 02 32 N e Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 02 41 Multi function Output 11 MO9 w S Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 u Y connection for the motor coil w S A connection for the motor coil 02 42 Multi function Output 12 MOA oO e Zero speed actual output frequency R Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency w 5 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 co 9 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 w e Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 co e Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 w o Position attained Pr 10 19 ra 5 Speed attained including zero speed Multi position attained A N Crane function R O Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 R R Max reel diameter attained A a Empty reel diameter attained a a Broken belt detection a 3 Break release at stop a do Error PID feedback of tension a o Reserved a eo Reserved 4 31 WT Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 Al E Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 02 43 Zero speed
30. Error PID feedback of tension 49 Reserved 50 Reserved Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 a Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters 5 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting 03 18 Analog Output 1 0 Output frequency Hz 0 1 Frequency command Hz 03 21 Analog Output 2 2 Motor speed Hz 3 Output current rms w03 24 Analog Output 3 4 Output voltage 5 DC Bus Voltage 6 Power factor 7 Power 8 Output torque 9 AVI 10 ACI 11 AUI 12 q axis current 13 q axis feedback value 14 d axis current 15 d axis feedback value 16 q axis voltage 17 d axis voltage 18 Torque command 19 Pulse frequency command Gain for Analog 0 200 0 100 0 03 19 Output 1 w03 20 Analog Output 1 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O O e Value in REV 1 Output OV in REV direction Direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Gain for Analog 0 200 0 100 0 O O O 403 22 Output 2 03 23 Analog Output 2 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O O O Value in REV 1 Output OV in REV direction Direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Gain for Analog 0 200 0 100 0 O O O O 03 25 Output 3 w03 26 Analog Output 3 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O O O Value in REV 1 Output OV in REV direction Direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Group 5 Motor Parameters
31. Hz gt Hz OHz 10 08 OHz 10 08 PI adjustment manual gain PI adjustment auto gain ETE A Per Unit of System Inertia Unit 1 Control FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 400 mode Settings 1 to 65535 256 1PU To get the system inertia from Pr 11 01 user needs to set Pr 11 00 to bit121 and execute continuous forward reverse running EJ A Low speed Bandwidth Unit 1 Control vrpG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz 11 03 High speed Bandwidth Unit 1 Control yepg FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz EE A Zero speed Bandwidth Unit 1 Control yepg FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz CJ After estimating inertia and set Pr 11 00 to bit 021 auto tuning user can adjust parameters Pr 11 02 11 03 and 11 11 separately by speed response The larger number you set the faster response you will get Pr 10 08 is the switch frequency for low speed high speed bandwidth E x PDFF Gain Value Unit 1 Control Egcpg Factory Setting 30 mode 4 182 A7 Chapter 4 Parameters ZZA Settings 0 to 200 En After finishing estimating and set Pr 11 00 to bit 021 auto tuning using Pr 11 04 to reduce overshoot Please adjust PDFF gain value by actual situation This parameter will be invalid when Pr 05 12 is set to 1 frequency B PDFF Time KJ Gain Value of Flux Weakening Curve for Motor 1 Unit 1 Control EOCPG TQCPG Fa
32. flux weakening curve actualfrequency gt gs rrent IST M M imit Pps 01 01 limit command LU PAM 04 05 05 01 li 05 09 current 4 measure Currentfeedback Control Diagramforthe Vector Torque 7 28 minal s Pr 07 29 toPr 07 31 Encoder 10 00 10 01 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 3 Ea Position control diagram d gt kd T dt pes m 11 17 10 23 command A Ni M B Electrical gear speed 10 17 KP A gt command 10 18 11 00 bit0 0 position 11 18 feedback or 11 00 bit 0 1 11 11 AR When Pr 00 10 is set to 4 TQCPG control diagram is shown as follows no offset by analog input Pr 03 00 m torque offset setting Pr 07 28 controlled by external terminals Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 torque Du a ML j 06 12 07 23 07 24 or 00 20 speedlimit gt gt ASR gt E ama D P speed torque orcommand a m r Pr 11 00Bit0 0 OOO mode switch 10 04 10 07 g 10 21 10 22 Pr 11 00 Bit 021 torque command 11 02 11 04 11 10 11 11 Iq y command RE id gt iX M Encoder 7 d Current IGBTI T 10 00 fl keni gt control amp 01 01 10 01 ux weakening curve id PWM 01 02 command 05 01 05 09 Current actualfrequency measure Current feedbac Control Diagram for the Torque Enc
33. 1 37 This page intentionally left blank C 8 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix D Publication History Please include the Issue Edition and the Firmware Version both shown below when contacting technical support regarding this publication Issue Edition 06 Firmware Version 2 07 Issue date July 2014 Publication History Firmware Date Issue Edition Description of Changes version 2014 07 06 2 07 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring The wiring figure 1 is for models of VFD VE series which are 10HP 7 5kW and below and the wiring figure 2 is for models of VFD VE series which are 15HP 11kW and above D1
34. E Group 11 Advanced Parameters Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG bit 0 Auto tuning for ASR and APR 0 O O bit 1 Inertia estimate only for FOCPG mode 11 00 System Control bit 2 Zero Servo bit 3 Reserved Speed Feed Forward 0 100 0 O 11 10 Gain Version 2 07 Pr Explanation Settings Factory Mir RE EME REIR PIS Setting 08 21 Tension Control Selection 0 Disable 1 Tension closed loop speed mode 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode O 3 Tension close loop torque mode O 4 Tension open loop torque mode 4 46 4 3 Description of Parameter Settings Group 0 User Parameters Control mode VF Settings Control mode VF Settings VFPG svc Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al A This parameter can be set during operation 00 00 Identity Code of the AC Motor Drive Factory setting Read Only KTH Rated Current Display of the AC Motor Drive Factory setting VFPG svc Read Only FOCPG TQCPG FOCPG TQCPG Ea Pr 00 00 displays the identity code of the AC motor drive The capacity rated current rated voltage and the max carrier frequency relate to the identity code Users can use the following table to check how the rated current rated voltage and max carrier frequency of the AC motor drive correspond to the identity code Ea Pr 00 01 displays t
35. SVC FOCPG A 00 04 Content of Multi Function Display Display output current A Display counter value C Display output frequency H Display DC BUS voltage Display output voltage E Output power factor angle n Display output power kW Display actual motor speed r Display estimate output torque in N m t Display PG position G 10 Display PID feedback in b 11 Display AVI in 96 1 12 Display ACI in 2 13 Display AUI in 3 14 Display the temperature of heat sink in C t 15 Display the temperature of IGBT in C T 16 The status of digital input ON OFF i 17 The status of digital output ON OFF o 18 Multi step speed S 19 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input i 20 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output o 21 Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card 2 22 Pulse input frequency PG2 of PG card 4 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card 4 24 Pulse position control for whole operation MI 37 and MI ON P 25 Display the present reel diameter under the tension control in mm d 26 Display the present line speed under the tension control in m min L 27 Display the present tension setting under the tension control in N T ODIDARW NAO 0 TQCPG 00 12 Constant Variable Torque Selection 0 Constant Torque 150 1 Variable Torque 120 00 13 Optimal Acce
36. SYS FBK EXI CE 5 IGBT short circuit occ 6 Over curent at stop ocS 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT over heat oH1 17 Heat sink over heat oH2 for 40HP above 18 TH1 IGBT hardware failure tH10 19 TH2 Heat sink hardware failure tH20 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL when it exceeds 150 rated current 1 min later it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL1 23 Electronics thermal relay 2 EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 25 Fuse error FuSE 4 118 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 7 BitO Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Fault code current Volt OL sys FBK EXI CE 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF 1 e 31 Memory read out error cF2 e 32 Isum current detection error o cdO 33 U phase current detection error o cd1 34 V phase current detection error o cd2 35 W phase current detection e error cd3 36 Clamp
37. accel decel time 0 1 2 3 by the 3 accel decel time 4 by the 4 accel decel time 5 by auto accel decel time It is used to set the accel decel Time selection when stall prevention occurs at constant speed LCMS w Over torque Detection Selection OT1 MEIRE w Over torque Detection Selection OT2 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Over Torque detection disabled 1 Over torque detection during constant speed operation continue to operate after detection 2 Over torque detection during constant speed operation stop operation after detection 3 Over torque detection during operation continue to operate after detection 4 Over torque detection during operation stop operation after detection When Pr 06 06 and Pr 06 09 are set to 1 or 3 it will display a warning message and won t have a abnormal record 4 112 A7 Chapter 4 Parameters ZZA Ea When Pr 06 06 and Pr 06 09 are set to 2 or 4 it will display a warning message and will have a abnormal record X Over torque Detection Level OT1 Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 150 Settings 10 to 250 10096 drive s rated current 0 38 Over torque Detection Time OT1 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 1 Settings 0 0 to 60 0 sec X Over torque Detection Level OT2 Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 150 Settings 10 to 25
38. 13 08 43 Max Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 6000 0 08 44 Empty Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O 08 45 Source of Initial Reel 0 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 46 0 O C E Diameter 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 is set to 13 Initial Reel Diameter 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O 08 46 08 47 Initial Reel Diameter 1 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 08 48 Initial Reel Diameter 2 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 08 49 Number of Pulse per 1 10000ppr 1 O C Revolution Coil Number for Each 0 001 60 000mm 100 O O O 2 e 08 50 Layer 08 51 Material Thickness 0 001 60 000mm 100 O O O O e w 08 52 Filter Time of Reel 0 00 to 100 00 seconds 1 00 O O O O O Diameter 08 53 Auto Compensation of 0 Disable 1 00 O Q O O O Reel Diameter 1 Enable w 08 54 Current Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O C C 08 55 Smart Start Function 0 Disable 1 O O C 1 Enable 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction 08 56 Switch Level for Smart 0 0 100 0 according to Pr 08 26 15 0 O O O O z Start and PID function 08 57 Frequency for Smart Start 0 00 600 00Hz 2 00 O Q O x 08 58 Accel Time for Smart Start 0 01 600 00 seconds 3 00 O O s 08 59 Broken Belt Detection 0 Disable 0 Oj Q 1 Enable Min Line Speed of Broken 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 O O O 08 60 i Belt Detection 08 61 Allowance Difference of 1 0 6000 0mm 100 0 O O O O 7 Reel Diameter of Broken Belt Detection Detection Time of Broken 0 00 100 00 sec 1 00 O O O O 08 62 Belt 08 63 Allowance Error Level of 0 100 100 O O O O E Te
39. 49 Reserved e Reserved A 02 11 Multi function Output 1 RA RB RC Relay1 No function Operation indication x 02 12 Multi function Output 2 MRA MRC Relay2 Operation speed attained Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 x 02 13 Multi function Output 3 MO1 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 Zero speed frequency command Zero speed with stop frequency command Over torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 o x ol of a of nl lo Over torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 x 02 14 Multi function Output 4 MO2 o Drive ready D User defined Low voltage Detection Malfunction indication 02 35 Multi function Output 5 MO3 NI Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 w Overheat AR Software brake signal 402 36 Multi function Output 6 MO4 a PID feedback error a Slip error OSL i Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 402 37 Multi function Output 7 MO5 EJ Preliminary count value attained Pr 02 17 o Baseblock B B Indication S S Warning output 02 38 Multi function Output 8 MO6 S Over voltage warning N N Over current stall prevention warning N e Over voltage stall prevention warning 02 39 Multi function Output 9 MO7 N x Operation mode indication
40. Display DC BUS voltage Display output voltage E Output power factor angle n Display output power kW Display actual motor speed r Display estimate output torque in N m t Display PG position G Display PID feedback in b Display AVI in 96 1 Display ACI in 2 Display AUI in 3 Display the temperature of heat sink in C t Display the temperature of IGBT in C T The status of digital input ON OFF i The status of digital output ON OFF o Multi step speed S The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input i The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output 0 21 Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card Z 22 Pulse input frequency PG2 of PG card 4 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card 4 24 Pulse position control for whole operation MI 37 and MI ON P 25 Display the present reel diameter under the tension control in mm d 26 Display the present line speed under the tension control in m min L 27 Display the present tension setting under the tension control in N T conons vojn 00 05 User Defined Coefficient K Digit 4 decimal point number 0 to 3 Digit 0 3 40 to 9999 00 06 Software Version Read only A 00 07 Password Input 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 0 to 2 times of wrong password 00 08 Password Set 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 0 No password set or s
41. EF amp Forced Stop Selection Control yr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings o oc R ND o Coast stop By deceleration Time 1 By deceleration Time 2 By deceleration Time 3 By deceleration Time 4 System Deceleration Automatic Deceleration E When the multi function input terminal is set to 10 or 18 and it is ON the AC motor drive will be operated by Pr 07 36 4 134 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al Group 8 High function PID Parameters 08 00 Input Terminal for PID Feedback cone VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings O No function 1 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 Ea Negative feedback means target value feedback It is used for the detection value will be increased by increasing the output frequency jan Positive feedback means target value feedback It is used for the detection value will be decreased by increasing the output frequency AILES w Proportional Gain P Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 80 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 500 0 Ea This parameter determinates the gain of the feedback loop If the gain is large the response w
42. Ea When Pr 00 19 is set to1 this parameter can be used for energy saving The setting should be decreased when the energy saving is not well When the motor is vibrated the setting should be increased EX Control Method Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 V f control 1 V f Encoder VFPG 4 53 Chapter 4 Parameters 757 a 2 Sensorless vector control SVC 3 FOC vector control Encoder FOCPG B 4 54 4 Torque control Encoder TQCPG This parameter determines the control method of the AC motor drive Setting 0 user can design V f ratio by requirement and control multiple motors simultaneously Setting 1 User can use PG card with Encoder to do close loop speed control Setting 2 To have optimal control characteristic by auto tuning Setting 3 To increase torque and control speed precisely 1 1000 Setting 4 To increase accuracy for torque control When Pr 00 10 is set to 3 FOCPG control diagram is shown as follows 11 10 Speed Feed Forward Gain 00 20 ASR gt lt 4 Pr 11 00 Bit 0 0 10 04 10 07 10 21 10 22 Pr 11 00 Bit 0 1 11 02 11 04 11 10 11 11 At Ii 07 27 tor que limit 07 32 07 35 e nooffset e by analoginput Pr 03 00 TqBias e torque offset setting Pr O e controlled by external ter 10 09 Iq command
43. LU Itis used to set the treatment after detecting PTC 4 120 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al KET PTC Level Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 50 0 Settings 0 0 to 100 0 En It is used to set the PTC level and the corresponding value for 100 is max analog input value 06 31 X Filter Time for PTC Detection Unit 0 01 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 20 Settings 0 00 to 10 00 sec 06 32 Output Frequency for Malfunction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 00 to 655 35 Hz 06 33 Output Voltage for Malfunction contol VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 0 6553 5 V 06 34 DC Voltage for Malfunction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 0 6553 5 V 06 35 Output Current for Malfunction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 00 655 35 Amp 06 36 IGBT Temperature for Malfunction poi VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 0 6553 5 C 4 121 AT Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Group 7 Special Parameters 07 00 A Software Brake Level Unit 0 1 Control yr vEpG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 350 0 450 0Vdc Factory Setting 380 0 460V series 700 0 900 0Vdc Factory Setting 760 0 LU This parameter sets the DC bus voltage at which the brake chopper is activated
44. Negative torque limit 9 Regenerative torque limit 10 Positive negative torque limit 11 PID feedback signal of tension O 12 Line speed O 13 Reel diameter O 14 PID target value of tension tension closed loop O 15 Tension setting tension open loop O 16 Zero speed tension O 17 Tension taper O Analog Input Bias 1 i 0 OJ OJ O O O w 03 03 AVI 100 0 100 0 Analog Input Bias 2 z 0 e O O O O 03 04 ACI 100 0 100 0 03 05 Attia Input Bias3 _100 0 100 0 9 o olo 0o 90 Positive negative Bias 0 Zero bias 0 O O O 703 08 Mode AVI 1 Lower than bias bias 03 07 Positive negative Bias 2 Greater than bias bias 0 O O O Mode ACI 3 The absolute value of the bias voltage while serving 703 08 positive negative Bias as the center 0 O J O O O O i Mode AUI 4 Serve bias as the center 03 09 ane Input Gain 1 _500 0 500 0 1000 O 03 10 tone Input Gain2 _500 0 500 0 1000 O 03 11 ADS Input Gain 3 _s50 0 500 0 1000 OJ OO O O ACI AVI2 Selection 0 ACI 0 O O O O 2 WB 4 AVI 2 Analog Input Delay T 0 01 O O s 03 13 Time AVI 0 00 2 00 sec Analog Input Delay 0 01 O O 03 14 Time ACI 0 00 2 00 sec Analog Input Delay 0 01 O O O O 03 15 Time AUI 0 00 2 00 sec 403 16 Addition Function of 0 Disable AVI ACI AUI O O O the Analog Input 1 Enable w03 17 Loss of the ACI Signal 0 Disable 0 O O O O 1 Continue operation at the last frequency 2 Decelerate to stop 3 Stop immediately and display E F w03 18
45. RUN i Ml d49 1 LI srme free run to stop 02 34 0 noaction 02 34 1 start running from 0Hz 50 Reserved Kra A UP DOWN Key Mode Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Up down by the accel decel time 1 Up down constant speed Pr 02 08 x The Acceleration Deceleration Speed of the UP DOWN Key 08 HB with Constant Speed 02 Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 01 Settings 0 01 1 00Hz ms 4 81 AT Chapter 4 Parameters 72 274 E These settings are used when multi function input terminals are set to 19 20 02 09 Digital Input Response Time Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 005 Settings 0 001 30 000 sec Ea This parameter is used for digital input terminal signal delay and confirmation The delay time is confirmation time to prevent some uncertain interferences that would result in error except for the counter input in the input of the digital terminals FWD REV and MI1 6 Under this condition confirmation for this parameter could be improved effectively but the response time will be somewhat delayed EXE x Digital Input Operation Direction Unit 1 Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 65535 Ea The setting of this parameter is decimal value gq This parameter is used to set the input signal level and it won t be affected by the SINK SOURCE status QM BitO is for FWD terminal
46. Start Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 01 10 Output Frequency Upper Limit 0 00 600 00Hz 01 11 Output Frequency Lower Limit 0 00 600 00Hz w01 12 Accel Time 1 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 01 13 Decel Time 1 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 01 14 Accel Time 2 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 01 15 Decel Time 2 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec w01 16 Accel Time 3 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 01 17 Decel Time 3 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 01 18 Accel Time 4 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec j 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec w01 19 Decel Time 4 01 20 JOG Acceleration Time 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 01 21 JOG Deceleration Time 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec 01 22 JOG Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz w01 23 1st 4th Accel decel Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz S curve for Acceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 01 24 Departure Time 1 S curve for Acceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 401 25 Arrival Time 2 S curve for Deceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 0 2 0 0 O O O O 01 26 Departure Time 1 S curve for Deceleration 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec 0 2 0 0 O O 401 27 Arrival Time 2 01 28 Skip Frequency 1 upper limit 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 01 29 Skip Frequency 1 lower limit 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 01 30 Skip Frequency 2 upper limit 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 01 31 Skip Frequency 2 lower limit 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 01 32 Skip Frequency 3 upper limit 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 01 33 Skip Frequency 3 lower li
47. VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 1 13 Chapter 1 Introduction V7 57 3 This page intentionally left blank 1 14 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring After removing the front cover see chapter 1 2 3 for details check if the power and control terminals are clear Be sure to observe the following precautions when wiring W General Wiring Information Applicable Codes All VFD VE series are Underwriters Laboratories Inc UL and Canadian Underwriters Laboratories cUL listed and therefore comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code NEC and the Canadian Electrical Code CEC Installation intended to meet the UL and cUL requirements must follow the instructions provided in Wiring Notes as a minimum standard Follow all local codes that exceed UL and cUL requirements Refer to the technical data label affixed to the AC motor drive and the motor nameplate for electrical data The Line Fuse Specification in Appendix B lists the recommended fuse part number for each VFD VE Series part number These fuses or equivalent must be used on all installations where compliance with U L standards is a required NEXU 1 Make sure that power is only applied to the R L1 S L2 T L3 terminals Failure to comply may result in damage to the equipment The voltage and current should lie within the range as indicated on the nameplate Check following items after finishing the wiring A Are
48. to lessen position overshoot and pulse differential If it is set to 0 4 178 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al position overshoot won t occur but the pulses differential is determined by Pr 11 18 APR Gain h Deceleration Time for Internal Position Waiting Time for Unit 0 01 0 1 Switching Max Frequency Control VFPG FOCPG Factory Setting 3 00 3 0 Settings 0 00 to 600 00 sec 0 0 to 6000 0 sec Ea When the multi function input terminal is set to 35 ON this parameter setting will be the deceleration time for internal position a When the multi function input terminal is set to 43 ON this parameter setting will be the waiting time for switching the max frequency output 10 24 frequency NS Me PG UMEN RER SEEM feedback 1 40 19 10 00 vv VW 10 01 i RUN Ml d35_ MO d39_ Time 10 25 Max Frequency for Resolution Switch Unit 0 01 Control nds VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 50 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz Ea This function is used to enhance the function of unstable speed position due to insufficient resolution of analog simulation value It needs to use with external input terminals one of Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 06 Pr 02 23 to Pr 02 30 should be set to 43 After setting this parameter it needs to adjust the analog output resolution of controller 4 179 Chapter 4 Parameters KJ Reserved UTE w Mechanical Gear at Load A1 LUYXSH w Mechani
49. 0 Coast stop 0 O O O O O amp Forced Stop 1 By deceleration Time 1 Selection 2 By deceleration Time 2 3 By deceleration Time 3 4 By deceleration Time 4 5 System Deceleration 6 Automatic Deceleration 4 17 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 a Group 8 High function PID Parameters R 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function 1 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip n direction 08 00 Kpu Terminal for PID 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 o ololo o 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 w 08 01 Proportional Gain P 0 0 500 0 80 0 O O 08 02 Integral Gain I 0 00 100 00 sec 1 00 o O w 08 03 Derivative Control D 0 00 1 00 sec 0 00 O O Upper limit for Integral m o m 5 x 08 04 Control 0 0 100 0 100 0 O O O O 708 05 ip OutputFrequency 0 0 110 0 100 0 O o o w 08 06 PID Offset 100 0 100 0 0 0 O O w 08 07 PID Delay Time 0 0 2 5 sec 0 0 O O 08 08 eedback Signal Detection o 0_3600 0 sec oo ojo jo o 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and ramp to stop O O O 08 09 Feedback Fault Treat
50. 0 Parameter setting Pr 08 26 O Command Line Speed 1 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 26 s 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 14 PID target value of tension 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed PID Target Value of 0 0 100 0 O 108 26 Tension Line Speed ad 08 27 Source of Tension Line 0 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 11 PID O Speed PID Feedback feedback of tension s 1 Pulse input Pr 08 40 08 28 Auto tuning Tension 0 Disable PID 1 Reel diameter 08 29 08 31corresponds to 08 i 44 08 32 08 34 corresponds to 08 43 2 Frequency 08 29 08 31 corresponds to 01 07 08 32 08 34 corresponds to 01 00 x 08 29 Tension PID P1 0 0 1000 0 O 08 30 Tension PID 11 0 00 500 00 sec O 08 31 Reserved w 08 32 Tension PID P2 0 0 1000 0 Q M 08 33 Tension PID I2 0 00 500 00 sec o 08 34 Reserved M 08 35 PID Line Speed Output 0 Positive output O Status 1 Negative output Tension Line Speed PID 0 100 00 according to Pr 01 00 O 08 36 Output it 08 37 Source of Line Speed 0 Disable Input Command 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed 2 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 41 3 Pulse input Pr 08 40 4 DFM DCM pulse input Pr 02 18 08 38 Max Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min O 08 39 Min Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min O 08 40 Pulse Number for Each 0 0 6000 0 O Meter M 08 41 Current Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min O 08 42 Source of Reel 0 Calculated by line speed O Diameter 1 Calculated by integrati
51. 0 no function 1 O Command 1 MI1 1 multi step speed command 1 multi step position it is Stop terminal for 3 command 1 wire operation 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position command 2 02 02 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position 2 Multi Function Input command 3 Command 2 MI2 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position command 4 02 03 Multi Function Input 5 Reset 3 O Command 3 MI3 6 JOG command 02 04 Multi Function Input 7 acceleration deceleration speed inhibit 4 Command 4 MI4 8 the 1st 2nd acceleration deceleration time selection 02 05 Multi Function Input 9 the 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection 0 Command 5 MIS 10 EF input Pr 07 36 O 02 06 Multi Function Input A 0 O Command 6 MI6 11 B B input specific terminal for O C O TRG 12 Output stop zd e 02 23 Multi Function Input 13 cancel the setting of the optimal 0 COT XP Command 7 acceleration deceleration time 02 24 Muiti Function Input 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 9 OJ OJO z Command 8 02 25 Multi Functlon Input 15 operation speed command form AVI 0 O O O Command 9 0226 MultrFunction Input 16 operation speed command form ACI 9 OF OO Command 10 02 27 Multl Function Input 17 operation speed command form AUI OJ O JO Command 11 02 28 Multi Function Input 0 Q O O Command 12 18 Emergency Stop Pr 07 36 02 29 Multi Function Input E 0 O Command 13 19 Digital Up command 02 30 Multi F
52. 0 0 to 110 096 This parameter defines the percentage of output frequency limit during the PID control The formula is Output Frequency Limit Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 X Pr 08 05 This parameter will limit the Maximum Output Frequency ET PID Offset Unit 0 1 co VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 100 0 to 100 0 08 07 PID Delay Time Unit 0 1 contol VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 2 5 sec 4 136 En En En Chapter 4 Parameters 17 57 3 Input Selection of the PID Cancelled Frequency PID Targeted Value 08 00 0 command 00 20 KPV C EO 1 or 02 01 06 21 pid off RS485 1 03 00 0 2 UP D own 2 keyPG PID offset gt 08 06 t 5 RER Proportion Time gt Aa det C A 08 03 14 10display ofthe PID PID feedback Delay l tSelecti I ne nputSelection ofthe PID Feedback ona E 08507 08 00 AVI ACI Integral me 8 0 AUI PG 9 upper limit Integral 08 09 Treatme ntofthe Feedback Signal Fault If Hz gt 08 05 time exce eds 08 08 PI Control controlled by the P action only and thus the deviation cannot be eliminated entirely To eliminate residual deviations the P I control will generally be utilized And when the PI control is utilized it could eliminate the deviation incurred by the targeted value changes and the constant external interferences
53. 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 0 Settings 0 1 to 5 0 sec Aa If the duration of a power loss is less than this parameter setting the AC motor drive will resume operation If it exceeds the Maximum Allowable Power Loss Time the AC motor drive output is then turned off coast stop an The selected operation after power loss in Pr 07 06 is only executed when the maximum allowable power loss time is lt 5 seconds and the AC motor drive displays Lu But if the AC motor drive is powered off due to overload even if the maximum allowable power loss time is lt 5 seconds the operation mode as set in Pr 07 06 is not executed In that case it starts up normally YEIN Baseblock Time for Speed Search BB Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 5 Settings 0 1 to 5 0 sec gq When momentary power loss is detected the AC drive will block its output and then wait for a specified period of time determined by Pr 07 08 called Base Block Time before resuming operation This parameter should be set at a value to ensure that any residual regeneration voltage from the motor on the output has disappeared before the drive is activated again O Input B B signal Stop output voltage Q Disable B B signal Waiting time Pr 07 08 Output current A G Speed search 07 09 9 Synchronization speed detection Frequency command before B B Current Limit for
54. 0 to 100 0 corresponds to tension feedback 0 10V 0 max line speed Pr 08 38 0 Example In tension mode when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 Tension closed loop speed mode the setting 14 of Pr 03 00 03 02 PID target value of tension corresponds to tension feedback 0 10V In tension mode when Pr 08 21 is set to 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode the setting 12 of Pr 03 00 03 02 line speed corresponds to 0 max line speed Pr 08 38 08 27 Source of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 11 PID feedback of tension 1 Pulse input Pr 08 40 08 28 Auto tuning Tension PID Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Reel diameter 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 08 44 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 08 43 2 Frequency 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 01 07 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 01 00 0 When Pr 08 28 is set to 1 4 145 Chapter 4 Parameters 757 a P I D 08 29 08 30 08 32 08 33 L 1 2 25 4s222425 5 i reel 0 Dmin Dmax diameter 08 44 08 43 M When Pr 08 28 is set to 2 P I D 08 29 08 30 N I i i 08 32 E 08 33 Il l output 0 Fmin Fmax frequency 01 07 01 00 EZ Proportional Gain 1 of Tension PID P Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 50 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 1000 0 08 30 X Integral Time of Tension PID Unit 0 01 Control
55. 0 to 6000 0mm Ea When Pr 08 45 is set to 1 Pr 08 46 will be read only Initial Reel Diameter 1 Unit 0 1 Initial Reel Diameter 2 Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 0 0 to 6000 0mm L3 Pr 08 46 needs to be used by setting 44 46 to Pr 02 01 02 06 Pr 02 23 Pr 02 30 an When you need to have many types of reel diameter please set Pr 08 45 to 0 set by communication For example Pr 08 46 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan or text panel PLC product TP series via communication Ea When the drive is at stop and it is in tension control mode it needs to set 3 step initial reel diameter Pr 08 46 48 by the digital status of multi function input terminal setting 45 and 46 before using terminal 44 as shown in the following table MI 46 MI 45 MI 44 OFF OFF ON it will write Pr 08 46 into Pr 54 OFF ON ON it will write Pr 08 47 into Pr 08 54 ON OFF ON it will write Pr 08 48 into Pr 08 54 ON ON ON it will reset Pr 08 54 to the factory setting 08 49 Number of Pulse Per Revolution Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 mode Settings 1 to 10000ppr Ea When Pr 08 42 is set to 1 it needs to be used with this parameter This parameter is the number of pulse per revolution that a reel rotates EZE Coil Number for Each Layer Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 Settings 1 to 10000 Ea It is u
56. 00 sec 4 96 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 5 al Ea These input delays can be used to filter noisy analog signal 03 46 Addition Function of the Analog Input Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable AVI ACI AUI 1 Enable Ea When Pr 03 16 is set to 0 and the analog input setting is the same the priority for AVI ACI and AUI are AVI gt ACI gt AUI Frequency Voltage tbias aain Emax 01 00 Fcommand ay bias gain TOV ot 16mA Fcommand the corresponding frequency for 10V or 20mA ay 10 or 16mA bias Pr 03 03 Pr 03 04 Pr 03 05 gain Pr 03 09 Pr 03 10 Pr 03 11 03 17 M Loss of the ACI Signal Control mod VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Continue operation at the last frequency 2 Decelerate to stop 3 Stop immediately and display E F Ea This parameter determines the behavior when ACI is lost EEE Analog Output 1 Unit 1 A Analog Output 2 need to be used with EMV APP01 Unit 1 KIE w Analog Output 3 need to be used with EMV APPO1 Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 to 19 Settings Functions Descriptions 0 Output frequency Hz Max frequency Pr 01 00 is regarded as 100 4 97 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 4 Settings Functions Descriptions 1 Frequency command Hz Max frequency Pr 01 00 is regarded as 100
57. 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 17 3 al motor drive operates more than one motor please pay attention to starting and changing the motor Power Transmission Mechanism Pay attention to reduced lubrication when operating gear reduction motors gearboxes belts and chains etc over longer periods at low speeds At high speeds of 50 60Hz and above lifetime reducing noises and vibrations may occur Motor torque The torque characteristics of a motor operated by an AC motor drive and commercial mains power are different Below you ll find the torque speed characteristics of a standard motor 4 pole 15kW AC motor drive Motor 180 180 155 60 seconds 155 60 seconds e 140 continuous ES continuous s 5 100 X 5100 5 80 zi 55 S bb I a RG 38 c10 R 0320 60 120 0320 60 120 Frequency Hz Frequency Hz Base freq 60Hz Base freq 60Hz V F for 220V 60Hz VIF for 220V 60Hz 140 E 60 seconds onds A 130 continuous inuous x 100 e 85 gt o p 85 z aA 5 0320 50 120 0320 50 120 Frequency Hz Frequency Hz Base freq 50Hz Base freq 50Hz VIF for 220V 50Hz V F for 220V 50Hz Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 C 7 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive
58. 07 The password consists of min 2 digits and max 5 digits Ea How to make the password valid again after decoding by Pr 00 07 Method 1 Re input original password into Pr 00 08 Or you can enter a new password if you want to use a changed or new one Method 2 After rebooting password function will be recovered Password Decode Flow Chart Password Setting Decoding Flow Chart 00 08 00 08 ud Displays 01 when Displays 00 when Correct Password Incorrect Password entering correct entering correct END END password into password into Pr 00 08 Pr 00 07 00 08 00 07 All parameters Forgetting will display 0 Passwrod and cannot be 00 07 Displays 00 when 3 chances to enter the correct modified al entering correct password password into 1st time displays 01 if Pr 00 07 password is incorrect em 2nd time displays 02 if After entering 9999 press ES password is incorrect 3rd time displays P code and repeat it again enter 9999 blinking press RO to decode The parameter setting will be set to factory setting If the password was entered incorrectly after three tries the keypad will be locked Turn the power OFF ON to re enter the password EEE w Energy Saving Gain Unit 1 Control rocpg Factory setting 100 mode Settings 10 1000
59. 07 01 A DC Brake Current Level Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 100 This parameter sets the level of DC Brake Current output to the motor during start up and stopping When setting DC Brake Current the Rated Current Pr 00 01 is regarded as 100 It is recommended to start with a low DC Brake Current Level and then increase until proper holding torque has been attained M Whenitis in FOCPG TQCPG mode DC brake is zero speed operation It can enable DC brake function by setting to any value KZI DC Brake Time at Start up Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 60 0 sec l This parameter determines the duration of the DC Brake current after a RUN command When the time has elapsed the AC motor drive will start accelerating from the Minimum Frequency Pr 01 05 07 03 DC Brake Time at Stop Unit 0 01 contral VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 60 00 sec E This parameter determines the duration of the DC Brake current during stopping 07 04 X Start Point for DC Brake Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz LU This parameter determines the frequency when DC Brake will begin during deceleration 4 122 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al Output frequency 07 04 DC Braking Time Miis Start point for duri
60. 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 Wire 4 2 AWG 21 2 33 6mm Torque 57kgf cm 49in Ibf 200kgf cm 173in Ibf Wire Type Stranded copper only 75 C 2 11 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 7 3 A 2 4 Control Terminals Circuit diagram for digital inputs SINK current 16mA SINK Mode SOURCE Mode DCM E it jose oon bebe up i pen Fx EFTA g multi input zk Multi Input L a T terminal I J Terminal i ji d NR lt t I sez ierra y ge amy gt w 4 i Tk k el A A i 1 i 1 A oi i I i I 4 iI d Qi CK S Beers DCM Internal Circuit TW Internal Circuit The Position of the Control Terminals MCM 24V FWD MI1 MI3 MI5 DFM 10V AVI ACM SZONOOZZLZZELZZZOC MO1 MO2 DCM REV MI2 MI4 MI6 AFM AUI ACI 2 12 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Terminal symbols and functions Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 72 27 Terminal z A Factory Settings SINK S Terminal Function ymbol ON Connect to DCM ON Run in FWD direction FWD Forward Stop Command OFF Stop acc to Stop Method ON Run in REV direction REV Reverse Stop Command OFF Stop acc to Stop Method 24V DC Voltage Source 24VDC 80mA used for SOURCE mode MI1 Multi function Input 1 MI2 Multi function Input 2 7 Refer to Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 06 fo
61. 2 3 Step 3 Trial run for FOCPG feedback control Selection for speed feedback card Please refer to Appendix B PG card for selection Delta provides 3 PG cards including EMV PG01X EMV PG010 and EMV PGO1L for your selection Encoder pulse Pr 10 00 1 20000 Encoder Pulse Selection for encoder input type Pr 10 01 0 Disable Encoder Input Type 1 Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B Setting leads in a reverse run command 2 Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 3 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 4 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction 5 Single phase input Set it to FOCPG mode Pr 00 10 0 V f Control Control Method 1 V f Control Encoder VFPG 2 Sensorless vector control SVC 3 FOC vector control Encoder FOCPG 4 Torque control Encoder TQCPG Check if the PG feedback card is normal 1 check if the actual output frequency reaches the frequency command 2 When the PG feedback card is abnormal the fault code Check if the wiring of the feedback card is correct Check if Pr 10 01 is set to 0 u ZE Check if the wiring of the feedback card PI gain parameter is correct or adjust decel accel time orcu Check if the wiring of the feedback car
62. 237 Al MEITSE Content of Multi Function function Display 47 Display digital output status ON OFF Pr 02 15 0 refer to NOTE 4 ues 18 Display multi step speed S 19 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input i refer to NOTE 3 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output o 20 refer to NOTE 4 MOFFEF Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card When the motor direction is changed or drive is stop the counter will start from O display will be changed to 0 Max 65535 Z 21 22 Pulse input frequency PG2 of PG card 4 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card max 65535 4 MS 1 Pulse position control for whole operation MI 37 and MI ON P refer to NOTE5 W Display the present reel diameter under the tension Ko 355 2 control in mm d u Ja 24 Display the present line speed under the tension control 26 in m min L Display the present tension setting under the tension T i Lu E control in N T u Dra 1 When Pr 10 00 is set to 1000 and Pr 10 01 is set to 1 2 the display range for PG feedback will be from 0 to 4000 When Pr 10 00 is set to 1000 and Pr 10 01 is set to 3 4 5 the display range for PG feedback will be from 0 to 1000 Home position If it has Z phase Z phase will be regarded as home position Otherwise home position will be the encoder start up position 2 It can display negative values when setting analog input bias Pr 03 03 03
63. 3 andar Ediicio Itapeva One Bela Vista 01332 000 S o Paulo SP Brazil TEL 55 11 3568 3855 FAX 55 11 3568 3865 Europe Deltronics The Netherlands B V Eindhoven Ofice De Witbogt 15 5652 AG Eindhoven The Netherlands TEL 31 40 2592850 FAX 31 40 2592851 We reserve the right to change the information in this catalogue without prior notice 5011653106 2014 07 O6VE enue N les SALAS JA GHA SeA ug O4 UOD 10199A Pa UBIC Pjal4 El8u89 General Field Oriented Vector Control Drives VFD VE Series User Manual www deltaww com IN NELIA Smarter Greener Together Preface Thank you for choosing DELTA s high performance VFD VE Series The VFD VE Series is manufactured with high quality components and materials and incorporates the latest microprocessor technology available This manual is to be used for the installation parameter setting troubleshooting and daily maintenance of the AC motor drive To guarantee safe operation of the equipment read the following safety guidelines before connecting power to the AC motor drive Keep this operating manual at hand and distribute to all users for reference To ensure the safety of operators and equipment only qualified personnel familiar with AC motor drive are to do installation start up and maintenance Always read this manual thoroughly before using VFD VE series AC Motor Drive especially the WARNING DANGER and CAUTION notes Failure to comply may resu
64. 4 Multi Function Input Command 5 MI5 Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 6 MI6 Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 7 MI7 Factory Setting 0 02 24 Multi Function Input Command 8 MI8 Factory Setting 0 02 25 Multi Function Input Command 9 MI9 Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 10 MIA Factory Setting 0 Multi Function Input Command 11 MIB Factory Setting 0 02 28 Multi Function Input Command 12 Factory Setting 0 02 29 Multi Function Input Command 13 Factory Setting 0 02 30 Multi Function Input Command 14 Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 50 Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 no function O O O O O 1 multi step speed command 1 multi step position O O O O command 1 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position O O O O command 2 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position O O O O command 3 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position O O O O command 4 5 Reset O O O 6 JOG command O O 7 acceleration deceleration speed inhibit C O O 8 the 1st 2nd acceleration deceleration time selection O O 9 the 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection O O C 10 EF input 07 36 g O O O O 11 B B input O O O O 12 Output stop O C O O O 4 72 Chapter 4 Parameters 177237 3
65. 50 OJOJO O Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 10 00 to Pr 10 28 4 7 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 10 28 PG Mechanical Gear B1 1 5000 100 O O O 4 28 Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 al Group 11 Advanced Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 11 00 to Pr 11 30 z Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 11 09 Level of Phase loss 0 0 320 0 60 0 JO O O O O 11 10 Reserved 11 18 Reserved 11 28 Accumulative Operation Time of Phase z z E 11 29 oss 0 65535 hour o jJojololo o w11 30 APR Curve Time 0 00 655 35 sec 3 00 O 4 2 2 Version 2 04 New or update parameter groups are Group 0 System Parameters Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 5 Motor Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Version 2 04 Group 0 System Parameters x Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Display the frequency command value LED F 0 OG OQ G O O Display the actual output frequency LED H Multifunction display see Pr 00 04 LED U Display the output current A Display output current A 0 O O JO O O Display counter value C Display output freque
66. 759 BR1KOW075 1 125 620 Sa r 6 186 1000W 500 4030 1 BR1KOW050 1 125 390 20 15 8 248 1500W 400 4030 1 BR1K5W040 1 125 400 8 25 18 5 10 281 4800W 320 4030 1 BR1K2W008 4 125 320 30 22 12 338 4800W 27 20 4030 1 BR1K2W6P8 4 125 27 20 40 30 16 497 6000W 200 4030 1 BR1K5W005 4 125 200 e e 20 6 9600W 16 4045 1 BR1K2W008 8 125 160 60 45 24 745 9600W 13 602 4045 1 BR1K2W6P8 8 125 13 60 wa 25 31 11 12000W 100 4030 2 BR1K5WOO5 8 125 10 100 75 42 7 19200W 6 80 4045 2 BR1K2W6P8 16 125 6 80 gt Iram Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 B 1 Appendix B Accessories 1 7 3 3 1 2 B 2 Please select the factory setting resistance value Watt and the duty cycle value ED If damage to the drive or other equipment are due to the fact that the brake resistors and the brake modules in use are not provided by Delta the warranty will be void Take into consideration the safety of the environment when installing the brake resistors If the minimum resistance value is to be utilized consult local dealers for the calculation of the Watt figures Please select thermal relay trip contact to prevent resistor over load Use the contact to switch power off to the AC motor drive When using more than 2 brake units equivalent resistor value of parallel brake unit can t be less than the value in the column
67. About 20 Motor Protection Electronic thermal relay protection Over current Protection The current forces 220 of the over current protection and 300 of the rated current indu Feakage Current Higher than 50 X rated current rotection Overload Ability Constant torque 150 for 60 seconds variable torque 200 for 3 seconds Over voltage Protection Over voltage level Vdc gt 400 800V low voltage level Vdc 200 400V Over voltage Protection for the Input Power Varistor MOV Protection Characteristics Over temperature Protection Built in temperature sensor Compensation for the Momentory Power Loss Protection Level NEMA 1 IP21 Up to 5 seconds for parameter setting Operation Temperature 10 C to 40 C Storage Temperature 20 C to 60 C Ambient Humidity Below 90 RH non condensing Vibration 9 80665m s 1G less than 20Hz 5 88m s 0 6G at 20 to 50Hz Environmental Conditions Installation Location Altitude 1 000 m or lower keep from corrosive gasses liquid and dust pes CEAO A 2 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories B 1 All Brake Resistors amp Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drives Note Please only use DELTA resistors and recommended values Other resistors and values will void Delta s warranty Please contact your nearest Delta representative for use of special resistors For instance in 460V series 100hp 75kW the AC motor drive needs 2 brake units with total of 16 brake r
68. Analog Output 1 0 Output frequency Hz 0 1 Frequency command Hz 03 21 Analog Output 2 2 Motor speed Hz 3 Output current rms 03 24 Analog Output 3 4 Output voltage 5 DC Bus Voltage 6 Power factor 7 Power 8 Output torque 4 9 Chapter 4 Parameters Z 22 V T gt actory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC 9 AVI 10 ACI 11 AUI 12 q axis current 13 q axis feedback value 14 d axis current 15 d axis feedback value 16 q axis voltage 17 d axis voltage 18 Torque command 19 Pulse frequency command 03 19 ria for Analog Output 0 200 0 100 0 03 20 Analog Output 1 Value 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 e O O in REV Direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction w03 22 2n for Analog Output 0 200 0 100 0 O O O w03 23 Analog Output 2 Value 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O tA O in REV Direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction w03 25 pun for Analog Output 0 200 0 100 0 O O O w03 26 Analog Output 3 Value 0 Absolute value in REV direction 0 O O O 4 10 in REV Direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction A7 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Group 4 Multi Step Speed Parameters
69. Check braking method Please contact DELTA Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 17 37 A 5 2 Ground Fault GFF If output circuit cable or Maybe AC motor drive has motor of AC motor drive malfunction or misoperation Ground fault is grounded due to noise Please i contact DELTA Yes Remove grounding 5 3 Over Voltage OV Over voltage b d Reduce voltage to No If voltage is within be within spec specification Yes F Yes If over voltage is occurred without load Maybe AC motor drive No has malfunction or Y misoperation due to No When OV occurs check if the noise Please contact voltage of DC BUS is greater DELTA than protection value Yes Yes v No If OV occurs when Increase os sudden acceleration deceleration stops time Yes No AA Increase Yes acceleration gt Increase setting time time No v Need to considerate to Reduce moment No use brake unit and of inertia lt 4 Reduce moment of load inertia DC brake le 1 Use brake unit or DC brake ee Need to check control method Please contact DELTA A 4 5 4 Low Voltage Lv Low voltage Power cut including momentary power loss I Yes y Chapter 5 Troubleshooting UZAY
70. DCM pFMo utputs ig nalse lection 1 Oto 10V47k0 0 20mA fm 0 10V ACI PEMSDIH 3 10 Make sure thatp ower is OFF i 4 20mA 0 10V 5 5 m _ gt AUI before chang ing the s witch ACA OV setting CM m v Analog S ignal C ommon 9 M An alog Multi function O utputT erm inal OE AFMa nalog ou tp utse lection AFI 0 10VDC 2mA 6 1 RS 4liSserialcomm nication AFMS witch EE 4 4 EV Make sure thatpo wer is OFF ACM 2 GND Forcommunication before ch anging the switch 4 3 8 G itneedstouse set ng e Analog Signalcommon 4 8 G 16 EG VF D USB01 IFD8 500 0 10V D T 0 20mA 5 NC toconnectt oPC Main circu it powe r te rmi nals OControlcirauitt erminals Shielded lea ds amp C able TS Ji Thebrakeresistoris built in to model VFD110 V43 B 2 2 2 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 722i Figure 2 br models of VFD VESeries 15HP 11kW and above VF D150V23A 43A 2 VF D185V23A 43A 2 VFD 220V23A 43A 2 VFD300V43A 2 VF D370V43A 2 VF D450V43A 2 VFD300V23A 2 VF D370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VF D750V43C 2 Jumper Fuse NFB NoFuseBreaker ue R L1 4 S L2 I Z4 CN T L3 I Recommended Circuit when p ower supp ly tis turned OFFbya faulto u put Ifthe fa ulto ccurs t he contactw illbe ON to turn offthe p ower a nd protectt he pow er system Factor y setting FWDSTOP lt o i i SINK Mode REV STOP bd Sink sw Mult
71. EMI can also be reduced by lowering the Carrier Frequency W When using a GFCI Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter select a current sensor with sensitivity of 200mA and not less than 0 1 second detection time to avoid nuisance tripping NENEES Damaged insulation of wiring may cause personal injury or damage to circuits equipment if it comes in contact with high voltage The specification for the control terminals The Position of the Control Terminals O MCM 24V FWD Mit MIS MI5 DFM 10V AVI ACM so CICER MO1 MO2 DCM REV MI2 MI4 MI6 AFM AUI ACI Frame Torque Wire B C D E E1 8kgf cm 6 9 in Ibf 22 14 AWG 0 3 2 1mm Dra Frame B VFD007V23A 43A 2 VFD015V23A 43A 2 VFD022V23A 43A 2 VFD037V23A 43A 2 Frame C VFD055V23A 43A 2 VFD075V23A 43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 Frame D VFD110V23A 43A 2 VFD150V23A 43A 2 VFD185V23A 43A 2 VFD220V23A 43A 2 Frame E VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 Frame E1 VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 2 16 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 3 1 Digital Keypad KPV CE01 3 1 1 Description of the Digital Keypad KPV CE01 Frequency Command Status indicator LED Display Display frequency current voltage and error etc Output Frequency Status indicator User Defined Units Status indicator Part Number Status Display JOG Operation Key Display of driver status Press this key to execute th
72. Enable 05 30 Delay Time for Y connection A connection Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 200 mode Settings 0 to 60 000 Cl Pr 05 12 is used to enable disable Y connection A connection Switch 4 104 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 3 Ea When Pr 05 12 is set to 1 the drive will select by Pr 05 11 setting and current motor frequency to switch motor to Y connection or A connection AT the same time it will also affect motor parameters Pr 05 01 to 05 10 Pr 05 13 to Pr 05 21 Pr 05 30 is used to set the switch delay time of Y connection A connection a When output frequency reaches Y connection A connection switch frequency drive will delay by Pr 05 30 before multi function output terminals are active Y A connection switch can be used for wide range motor Y connection for low speed higher torque can be used for rigid tapping Aconnection for high speed higher torque can be used for high speed drilling A connection is finished UC o Pr 02 01 06 30 Y connection is finished A connection control Pr 02 01 06 29 yo E Pr 02 11 14 32 o Pr 05 11 Y A switch frequency Motor speed MH vC wc o Y connection control Pr 02 11 14 31 MRA joa Hes Y connection confirmation input If switch point is 60Hz the accel switch point is 62Hz Decel switch point is 58Hz OE Ae ere rn n this area motor is in fre
73. Flow Femd H Femd1 low Flow Fcmd1 Sbcmdif gt Fomd1 gt Flow 8 Fstart Fmin Femd1 gt Fmin F min M GmazZ s ime Time by Pr 01 34 by Pr 01 34 Fmin Fcmd2 Femd2 gt Flow 8 i Fcmd2 Fmin LE Output Frequency Upper Limit Unit 0 01 Contra VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 600 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 14 Output Frequency Lower Limit Unit 0 01 lig VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea The upper lower output frequency setting is used to limit the actual output frequency If the frequency setting is higher than the upper limit it will run with the upper limit frequency If output frequency lower than output frequency lower limit and frequency 4 65 A7 Chapter 4 Parameters 72 274 setting is higher than min frequency it will run with lower limit frequency The upper limit frequency should be set to be higher than the lower limit frequency Voltage Output Frequency 1st Output Output Frequency Upper Limit Voltage Setting 1 01 11 Lower Limit 01 10 01 02 774 Frequency output 2nd Output Pus dn Voltage Setting 1 ranges limitation 01204 7 9 PES eae Regular V f Curve 3rd Output Special V f Curve Voltage Setting1 oo 01 06 4th Output Voltage Setting 1 Pa F H H d a Frequency 01 08 01 07 01 09 01 05 01 03 01 01 01 00 4th Freq 3rd Freq 1st Freq Maximum Output Start Freq 2nd
74. However if the I action is excessively powerful it will delay the responding toward the swift variation The P action could be used solely on the loading system that possesses the integral components PD Control when deviation occurred the system will immediately generate some operation load that is greater than the load generated single handedly by the D action to restrain the increment of the deviation If the deviation is small the effectiveness of the P action will be decreasing as well The control objects include occasions with integral component loads which are controlled by the P action only and sometimes if the integral component is functioning the whole system will be vibrating On such occasions in order to make the P action s vibration subsiding and the system stabilizing the PD control could be utilized In other words this control is good for use with loadings with no brake functions over the processes PID Control Utilize the action to eliminate the deviation and the D action to restrain the vibration thereafter combine with the P action to construct the PID control Use of the PID method could obtain a control process with no deviations high accuracies and a stable system 4 137 AT Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 ET A Feedback Signal Detection Time Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 3600 0 sec E This parameter is only valid when the feedback signal is ACI Ea
75. Parameters 17 3 m Electrical Gear A PG1 of PG card Unit 1 Control epg FOCPG Factory Setting 100 mode Settings 1 to 5000 Electrical Gear B PG2 of PG card Unit 1 Control vFpG FOCPG Factory Setting 100 mode Settings 1 to 5000 Aa Rotation speed pulse frequency encoder pulse Pr 10 00 PG Electrical Gear A PG Electrical Gear B ELS Positioning for Encoder Position Unit 1 si VFPG FOCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 65535 pulses E This parameter determines the internal position in the position mode L It needs to be used with multi function input terminal setting 35 enable position control c When it is set to 0 it is the Z phase position of encoder E M Range for Encoder Position Attained Unit 1 Control VFPG FOCPG Factory Setting 10 Settings 0 to 20000 pulses Ea This parameter determines the internal positioning position attained in the position control mode 10 23 A Feed Forward Gain of APR Unit 1 Control VvEPG FOCPG Factory Setting 30 mode Settings 0 to 100 For position control the larger this parameter is set the less pulse differential it will be and also make the position response be faster But it may occur overshoot easily LU When the multi function input terminal is set to 37 ON this parameter can be set by requirement If it is set to any value except 0 and adjust Pr 11 17 Low pass Filter Time of PG2 Pulse Input
76. Remove obstruction No A Check if surrounding temperature Yes Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or 4 gt pl i is within specificatio misoperation due to noise Please contact is within specification DELTA No Y Adjust surrounding temperature to specification 5 6 Overload OL OL1 OL2 y Check if the setting of electronic No Modify setting thermal relay is suitable Yes gt N Maybe AC motor drive h Ifuncti o aybe motor drive has malfunction If load is too large or misoperation due to noise Yes v gt Reduce load or increase the power of AC motor drive Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 17 37 A 5 7 Display of KPV CE01 is Abnormal Abnormal display or no display Turn the power off and power on again after display is off Fix connector and eliminate noise he v Display normal No Checkifall connectors are connected well and if there is no noise Yes l A 4 AC motordriveworksnormally AC motor drive has malfunction Please contact DELTA 5 8 Phase Loss PHL Phase loss v Check if the wiring of terminals R S and Tis OK gt N9 Connect all three phase well Yes y N i Check if the screws of terminals are tightened gt Tighten all screws Yes ki Yes Please check the wirin Check if the input voltage of R S T is unbalanced and
77. Start up Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Speed search from maximum frequency 2 Speed search from start up frequency 3 Speed search from minimum frequency Cl This parameter is used for starting and stopping a motor with high inertia A motor with high inertia will take a long time to stop completely By setting this parameter the user does not need to wait for the motor to come to a complete stop before restarting the AC motor drive If a PG card and encoder is used on the drive and motor then the speed 4 126 Chapter 4 Parameters V2 Amr E search will start from the speed that is detected by the encoder and accelerate quickly to the commanded frequency The output current is set by the Pr 07 09 In PG control mode the AC motor drive will execute the speed search function automatically by the PG speed when this setting isn t set to 0 Decel Time Selection for Momentary Power Loss DEB function Control VF VFPG mode Settings 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 SVC FOCPG TQCPG Disable 1st decel time 2nd decel time 3rd decel time Ath decel time Current decel time Auto decel time Factory Setting 0 a This parameter is used for the decel time selection for momentary power loss 07 14 X DEB Return Time Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 25 0 sec Ea The DEB Deceleration Energy Backup function is the
78. The setting 17 is the status of digital output by Pr 02 15 setting and the setting 20 is the corresponding CPU pin status of digital output User can set 17 to monitor the digital output status and then set to 20 to check if the wire is normal When Pr 00 04 is set to 24 user can get the difference between the pulse command and actual motor position to adjust Pr 11 18 by this display ETE A User Defined Coefficient K Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings Digit 4 decimal point number 0 to 3 Digit 0 3 40 to 9999 LO Itis used digital setting method Digital 4 decimal point number 0 no decimal point 1 1 decimal point and so on Digit 0 3 40 to 9999 the corresponding value for the max frequency Digital4d 3 2 1 0 M nui kJ UUUUU m t corresponding value decimal point number For example if use uses rpm to display the motor speed and the corresponding value to the 4 pole motor 60Hz is 1800 This parameter can be set to 01800 to indicate that the corresponding value for 60Hz is 1800rpm If the unit is rps it can be set 10300 to indicate the corresponding value for 60Hz is 4 51 Chapter 4 Parameters 727i Al 30 0 a decimal point 00 06 Software Version post VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Read Only Settings Read Only Display HH ETE X Password Input Unit 1 Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 00 Settings 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 D
79. This parameter defines the time during which the PID feedback must be abnormal before a warning is given It also can be modified according to the system feedback signal time Ea If this parameter is set to 0 0 the system would not detect any abnormality signal ET Feedback Fault Treatment Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop 3 Warn and keep at last frequency L This parameter is only valid when the feedback signal is ACI c AC motor drive acts when the feedback signals analog PID feedback or PG encoder feedback are abnormal 08 10 Sleep Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz 08 11 A Wake up Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz E MW Sleep Time Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 6000 0sec These parameters determine sleep functions of the AC drive If the command frequency falls below the sleep frequency for the specified time in Pr 08 12 then the drive will 4 138 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al shut off the output and wait until the command frequency rises above Pr 08 11 Please see the below diagram Frequency command Wake up frequency actual output frequency I foi 08 10
80. Unit eeue aeaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa na0A B 7 B 2 No fuse Circuit Breaker Chart c cccccsseseececececeeeeseeeeeeeeseaaeeenees B 9 B 3 Fuse Specification Chart sssssee e B 10 B4 AC Reactor EC OE aa B 11 B 4 1 AC Input Reactor Recommended Value 111 111 B 11 B 4 2 AC Output Reactor Recommended Value B 11 B 4 3 Applications for AC Reactor B 13 B 5 Zero Phase Reactor RF220X00A ssseseee mm B 15 B 6 DC Choke Recommended Values sse B 16 B 7 Remote Controller RC 01 sssseeeee em B 17 B 8 PG Card for Encoder ssssssee em B 18 B 8 1 EMV PGOTX x eee t om oti e est enter B 18 B 8 2 EMV PG010 o RR gece wana B 22 B 8 3 EMV PGOHTL iienieise inedite deed e needs B 27 B 9 AMD EMI Filter Cross Reference eerie B 31 B 9 1 Dimensions dederat mtn B 34 B 10 Multi function I O Extension Card eee B 41 B 10 1 F rictions enr B 41 B 10 2 DIMENSIONS secco pee prede deae pte dne aes B 43 B 10 3 WIrIDg cione otto wee ctp cocoa Pest conecte ecl Sok ennai d B 43 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive C 1 C 1 Capacity Formulas ninini aaga n eene C 1 C 2 General Precaution siis cree tte td dene dede C 4 C 3 How to Choose a Suitable Motor ssseeene C 5 Ap
81. VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 500 00 sec MI Reserved 08 32 Proportional Gain 2 of Tension PID P Unit 0 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 50 0 Settings 0 0 to 1000 0 4 146 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 A7 a Integral Time 2 of Tension PID Unit 0 01 Factory Setting 1 00 Control VE mode VFPG FOCPG Settings 0 00 to 500 00 sec ETE Reserved 08 35 PID Output Status Control VF mode Settings VFPG 0 1 FOCPG TQCPG Positive output Negative output Factory Setting 0 Ea Please select the applicable method by the different requirements from the following table Tension feedback 0 100 0 100 loose tight tight loose Rewind positive output negative output Unwind negative output positive output 08 36 Tension Line Speed PID Output Limit Unit 0 01 Factory Setting 20 00 Control VE mode VFPG FOCPG Settings 0 to 100 00 a Output limit range Pr 08 36 Pr 01 00 08 37 Source of Line Speed Input Command Control VF mode Settings VFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 41 Pulse input Pr 08 40 DFM DCM pulse input Pr 02 18 4 147 Chapter 4 Parameters 7575 Ea When it is set to 1 3 or 4 the current line speed will be saved int
82. VFD075V23A 43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 1 11 Chapter 1 Introduction 7 5 Frame D ODC LE IE _ e TO AGC Lal 1 LDEOECLELTEOLELE 1 LOPLWECELNN IE LLL le Unit mm inch Frame Ww w1 H H1 D D1 D2 S1 7 250 0 226 0 408 2 384 0 205 4 110 0 10 0 10 0 9 85 8 90 16 07 15 13 8 08 4 33 0 39 0 39 Dra Frame D VFD110V23A 43A 2 VFD150V23A 43A 2 VFD185V23A 43A 2 VFD220V23A 43A 2 1 12 Chapter 1 Introduction 22274 Frame E w D w1 D1 I l gt x gx I L Il IT l S3 IL D2 en a z z 5 A ome Ed ss s Unit mm inch Frame W W1 H H1 H2 D D1 D2 S1 S2 3 E1 370 0 335 0 589 0 560 0 260 0 1325 18 0 13 0 13 0 18 0 14 57 13 19 23 19 22 05 10 24 5 22 0 71 0 51 0 51 0 71 E2 370 0 335 0 595 0 589 0 560 0 260 0 1325 18 0 13 0 13 0 18 0 14 57 13 19 23 43 23 19 22 05 10 24 5 22 0 71 0 51 0 51 0 71 QM Frame E1 VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 Frame E2
83. VFD110V43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 BIPPIUPASEUN X VFD007V23A 2 VFD015V23A 2 10TDT1W4C N VFD022V23A 2 VFD037V23A 2 26TDT1W4C N VFD055V23A 2 VFD075V23A 2 VFD150V43A 2 VFD185V43A 2 SULEE N VFD110V23A 2 VFD150V23A 2 VFD220V43A 2 VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 ITB EOS VFD550V43A 2 VFD750V43A 2 VFD550V43C 2 VFD750V43C 2 200TDDS84C N VFD185V23A 2 VFD220V23A 2 VFD300V23A 2 VFD450V43A 2 1501DS84C N VFD370V23A 2 180TDS84C N Installation All electrical equipment including AC motor drives will generate high frequency low frequency noise and will interfere with peripheral equipment by radiation or conduction when in operation By using an EMI filter with correct installation much interference can be eliminated It is recommended to use DELTA EMI filter to have the best interference elimination performance We assure that it can comply with following rules when AC motor drive and EMI filter are installed and wired according to user manual EN61000 6 4 EN61800 3 1996 A11 2000 m EN55011 1991 Class A Group 1 1 Environment restricted distribution General precaution 1 EMI filter and AC motor drive should be installed on the same metal plate 2 Please install AC motor drive on footprint EMI filter or install EMI filter as close as possible to the AC motor drive 3 Please wire as short as possible B 31 Appendix B Accessories 17 37 4 Metal plate should be grounded 5 The cover of EMI filter and AC moto
84. VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode 1410 50Hz 4 poles En Settings 0 to 65535 It is used to set the rated speed of the motor and need to set according to the value indicated on the motor nameplate 05 04 Number of Motor Poles 1 Control mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 4 Settings 2 to 20 a It is used to set the number of motor poles must be an even number 4 103 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 al No load Current of Motor 1 A Unit Amp Control epg SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 4 mode Settings 0 to factory setting of Pr 05 01 M The factory setting is 40 X rated current ILE Stator Resistance Rs of Motor 1 Unit 0 001 REIES Rotor Resistance Rr of Motor 1 Unit 0 001 Control SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 4 Settings 0 65 5350 IEEE Magnetizing Inductance Lm of Motor 1 Unit 0 1 IEEE Stator inductance Lx of Motor 1 Unit 0 1 Control yc FocpG TQCPG Factory setting mode Settings 0 6553 5mH 05 10 Motor 1 Motor 2 Selection Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 1 mode Settings 1 Motor 1 2 Motor 2 Ea It is used to set the motor that driven by the AC motor drive 05 11 x Frequency for Y connection A connection Switch Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 60 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00Hz LE Y connection A connection Switch Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1
85. Value in REV Direction Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Absolute value in REV direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction 10V 20mA 10V 20mA 10V 20mA v 03 18 03 21 4 ov 03 24 ov Frequency 5V Frequency OmA OmA 12mA 03 20 0 03 20 1 03 20 2 03 23 0 03 23 1 03 23 2 03 26 0 03 26 1 03 26 2 Selections for the analog output direction 4 99 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 3 a Group 4 Multi Step Speed Parameters EIU w ist Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 EMI w 2nd Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 Siva w 3rd Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 EIEI w 4th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 EZITE w 5th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 ibe w 6th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 LEE w 7th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 LEE w 8th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 ESINE w 9th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 Wim w 10th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 ESU w 11th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 MEI w 12th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 vag w 13th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 aKa w 14th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 Wea w 15th Step Speed Frequency Unit 0 01 con VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00 Hz AEE Multi position 1 Unit 1 E38 Multi position 2 Unit 1 vas Multi position 3 Unit 1 EE Multi position 4 Unit 1 EIN Multi position 5 Unit 1 S w Multi position 6 Unit 1 LE w Multi position 7 Unit 1 EP MI w M
86. Voltage for Malfunction 0 0 6553 5 V 06 34 DC Voltage for Malfunction 0 0 6553 5 V 06 35 Current Value for Malfunction 0 00 655 35 Amp 06 36 IGBT Temperature for Malfunction 0 0 6553 5 C Group 8 High function PID Parameters New parameters 08 21 08 99 Pr 08 00 Explanation Input Terminal for PID Feedback Settings o function Pr 03 00 skip direction Pr 03 00 skip direction egative PID feedback from external terminal AVI 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 Factory Settint VF VFPG SVC TQCPG A 08 01 Proportional Gain P 0 0 500 0 80 0 08 21 Tension Control Selection 0 Disable 1 Closed loop speed mode 2 Line speed speed mode 3 Reserved 4 Open loop torque mode 08 22 Wind Mode 0 Rewind 1 Unwind 08 23 Mechanical Gear Ratio A 1 65535 100 4 34 Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 3 Pr Explanation Settings TQCPG 08 24 mechanics Gear Ratio 1 65535 o 08 25 Source of the Tension
87. Y connection A connection switch error ydc O O 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb C O O O 63 Slip error OSL C O O 64 Broken belt error bEb O O O 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv C Q Q Ea It will record when the fault occurs and force stopping For the Lv it will record when it is operation or it will warn without record Ea Setting 62 when DEB function is enabled the drive will execute DEB and record to the Pr 06 17 to Pr 06 22 simultaneously M Fault Output Option 1 Unit 1 Fault Output Option 2 Unit 1 Fault Output Option 3 Unit 1 Fault Output Option 4 Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 65535 sec refer to bit table for fault code Ea These parameters can be used with multi function output set Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 to 35 38 for the specific requirement When the fault occurs the corresponding terminals will be activated It needs to convert binary value to decimal value to fill in Pr 06 23 to Pr 06 26 BitO Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Fault code current Volt OL SYS FBK EXI CE 0 No fault 1 Over current during acceleration ocA 2 Over current during deceleration o ocd 3 Over current during constant o speed ocn 4 Ground fault GFF e 4 117 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 Fault code Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 current Volt OL
88. all connections correct B No loose wires C No short circuits between terminals or to ground AN 1 A charge may still remain in the DC bus capacitors with hazardous voltages even if the power has been turned off To prevent personal injury please ensure that the power is turned off and wait ten minutes for the capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels before opening the AC motor drive All the units must be grounded directly to a common ground terminal to prevent lightning strike or electric shock Only qualified personnel familiar with AC motor drives is allowed to perform installation wiring and commissioning Make sure that the power is off before doing any wiring to prevent electric shock Revision 20 04VE SW V2 05 2 1 2 1 Wiring Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 173 Users must connect wires according to the circuit diagrams on the following pages Do not plug a modem or telephone line to the RS 485 communication port or permanent damage may result The pins 1 amp 2 are the power supply for the optional copy keypad KPV CE01 only and should not be used for RS 485 communication Figure 1 for models of VFD VES eries 10 HP 7 5kW and below VFD007V23A 43A 2 VF D015V23A 43A 2 VF D022V23A 43A 2 VF D037V23A 43A 2 VF D055V23A 43A 2 VF D075V23A 43A 2 VF D110V43B 2 VFD110V23A 43A 2 Fuse NFB No Fuse Breaker DC choke optional Brake resistor op tional
89. attained Pr 02 17 19 Baseblock B B Indication 20 Warning output 02 38 Multi function Output 8 MO6 21 Over voltage warning 22 Over current stall prevention warning 23 Over voltage stall prevention warning 02 39 Multi function Output 9 MO7 24 Operation mode indication 25 Forward command 26 Reverse command 02 40 Multi function Output 10 MO8 Output when current gt Pr 02 32 28 Output when current lt Pr 02 32 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 w 02 41 Multi function Output 11 MO9 Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 31 Y connection for the motor coil 32 A connection for the motor coil 02 42 4 40 Multi function Output 12 MOA Zero speed actual output frequency 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 38 Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 40 Speed attained including zero speed 41 Multi position attained 42 Crane function 43 Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 44 Max reel diameter attained 45 Empty reel diameter attained 46 Broken belt detection 47 Break release at stop 48
90. be activated and the AC Motor Drive output is turned off Then the motor will coast to stop For an emergency stop an external mechanical brake is needed to quickly stop the motor Parameter Settings Note 1 The AC Motor Drive can be driven at an output frequency up to 400Hz less for some models with the digital keypad Setting errors may create a dangerous situation For safety the use of the upper limit frequency function is strongly recommended High DC brake operating voltages and long operation time at low frequencies may cause overheating of the motor In that case forced external motor cooling is recommended Motor accel decel time is determined by motor rated torque load torque and load inertia If the stall prevention function is activated the accel decel time is automatically extended to a length that the AC Motor Drive can handle If the motor needs to decelerate within a certain time with high load inertia that can t be handled by the AC Motor Drive in the Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 17 3T 2 required time either use an external brake resistor and or brake unit depending on the model to shorten deceleration time only or increase the capacity for both the motor and the AC Motor Drive C 3 How to Choose a Suitable Motor Standard motor When using the AC Motor Drive to operate a standard 3 phase induction motor take the following precautions
91. bit 3 Reserved bit 4 Enable gain adjustment of position loop KP Detection Time for 0 01 600 00 sec 020 OFO O O O 411 07 phase loss 11 08 Reserved 11 09 Level of Phase loss 0 0 320 0 60 0 O O O O O 41 10 Speed Feed Forward 0 100 0 i Gain Zero speed 0 40Hz 10 O O O 1111 Bandwidth Speed Response of 0 Disable 65 O A112 Flux Weakening Area 0 150 11 13 Notch Filter Depth 0 20db 0 Notch Filter 0 00 200 00 0 00 411 14 Frequency Gain Value of Slip P A11 15 Compensation 0 00 1 00 1 00 O Low pass Filter Time P p A11 16 of Keypad Display 0 001 65 535sec 0 100 JOJO O O O Low pass Filter Time p P p x AN11 17 of PG2 Pulse Input 0 000 65 535sec 0 100 OJ O 0 O 11 18 APR Gain 0 00 40 00 10 00 O 11 19 APR Curve Time 0 00 655 35 sec 3 00 O 11 20 l Reserved 11 28 Accumulative E gt p 11 29 Operation Time of 0765535 hour 9 JO O O C Phase loss 11 30 Reserved 11 40 4 37 Chapter 4 Parameters VA Lat Lui c 4 2 3 Version 2 05 New or update parameter groups are Group 0 System Parameters Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 5 Motor Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 7 Special Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 9 Communication Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Version 2 05 Group 0 System Parameters Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting VF VFPG
92. blinking 3 4 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 3 1 3 Dimension of the Digital Keypad Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 1737 3 Unit mm inch 8 444 112 LER ET 3 1 4 Reference Table for the LCD Display of the Digital Keypad Digital 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 r 3 z L Lc Lc a R FED LE 3231 9 0 2 English alphabet A b Cc d E F G Hh I Jj a 1 r c Lc C aoe 07 LO 5 Bo LC ole Dui u onn Fou d aaa K L n Oo P q r s Tt U L m a ce c n n LCD 7 L mua r alr 3 IE Li English alphabet u id Z L LCD Lu 3 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up UA 3 1 5 Operation Method Refer to 3 1 2 How to operate the digital keypad KPV CE01 and chapter 4 parameters for setting Please choose a suitable method depending on application and operation rule The operation is usually used as shown in the following table Operation Method Frequency Source operation SE wnd ENBA E 24V Factory setting FWD STOP ii FWD SINK Mod bd SI REV STOP Lb REV Multi step 1 Pod the Factory f x MII Source setting 4Multi step 2 l MI2 Please refer to Figur
93. can set any three multi function input terminals to 41 The current position action status of these three terminals will be 41 Multi position Attained outputted Example if setting Pr 02 11 Pr 02 12 and Pr 02 13 to 41 and only the multi position of the second point has been done Therefore current status are RA OFF MRA ON and MO1 OFF In this way their status is 010 This function should be used with Pr 02 31 Pr 02 32 and Pr 02 33 Active when setting Pr 07 16 Pr 02 33 and Fcmd gt Pr 02 33 42 Grane Function and output current gt Pr 02 32 and Time gt Pr 02 31 The example of the crane application is in the following for your reference Motor Zero speed z 43 Output Pr 02 43 Active when motor actual speed is less than Pr 02 43 44 Max Reel Diameter Active when the reel diameter is equal to Pr 08 43 in the Attained tension control mode 45 Empty Reel Diameter Active when the reel diameter is equal to Pr 08 44 in the Attained tension control mode In the tension control mode the broken belt occurs when 1 46 Broken Belt Detection line speed is higher than Pr 08 61 2 the error of reel diameter exceeds Pr 08 61 3 detection time exceeds Pr 08 62 When drive stops the corresponding multi function terminal will be ON if the frequency is less than Pr 02 33 After it is ON it will be OFF when brake delay time exceeds Pr 02 31 Frequency command _ Frequency comma
94. condition that caused the exception is returned Example of an exception response of command code 06H and exception code 02H ASCII mode RTU mode STX Address 01H Address Low 0 Function 86H Address High 4 Exception code 02H Function Low g CRC CHK Low C3H Function High 6 CRC CHK High A1H Exception code E LRC CHK Low T LRC CHK High T END 1 CR END 0 LF The explanation of exception codes Exception code Explanation Illegal function code 01 The function code received in the command message is not available for the AC motor drive Illegal data address 02 The data address received in the command message is not available for the AC motor drive Illegal data value 03 The data value received in the command message is not available for the AC drive Slave device failure 04 The AC motor drive is unable to perform the requested action Communication time out 10 If Pr 09 03 is not equal to 0 0 Pr 09 02 0 2 and there is no communication on the bus during the Time Out detection period set by Pr 09 03 cE10 will be shown on the keypad 3 7 Communication program of PC The following is a simple example of how to write a communication program for Modbus ASCII mode on a PC by C language include lt stdio h gt include lt dos h gt include lt conio h gt include lt process h gt define PORT 0x03F8 the addr
95. current detection error o Hd0 37 Over current detection error o Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error o Hd2 39 Ground current detection error e Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE e 41 PID feedback loss AFE 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 4 119 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 al Bit0 Bit1 Bit2 Bit3 Bit4 Bit5 Bit6 Fault code current Volt OL sys FBK EXI CE 49 External fault input EF e 50 Emergency stop EF1 e 51 External Base Block B B e 52 Password error PcodE e 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 e 55 Communication error cE2 e 56 Communication error cE3 e 57 Communication error cE4 e 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF e 61 Y connection A connection e Switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error e dEb 63 Slip error oSL 64 Broken belt error bEb 65 Error PID feedback signal of e tension tdEv 06 29 X PTC Positive Temperature Coefficient Detection Selection Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop
96. e 08 46 Initial Reel Diameter 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 O 08 47 Initial Reel Diameter 1 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 C 08 48 Initial Reel Diameter 2 0 0 6000 0mm 1 0 el 08 55 Smart Start Function 0 Disable 1 1 Enable 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction 08 61 Allowance 1 0 6000 0mm 100 0 O O O O Difference of Reel Diameter of Broken Belt Detection 08 64 Allowance Error 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 O O Detection Time of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback 08 65 Error Treatment of 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O Q O Tension Line Speed 1 Warn and coast to stop PID Feedback 2 Warn and ramp to stop Group 9 Communication Parameters Pr Explanation Settings DE VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 09 22 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O O O O of Analog Output 2 only 09 23 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O O O O O of Analog Output 3 only 4 44 Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Chapter 4 Parameters 72 A7 mi dk T S Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG w10 02 Encoder Feedback 0 Warn and keep operation 2 O O O Fault Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Detection Time for 0 00 10 0 sec 1 0 O O O 410 03 Encoder Feedback Fault ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O O A710 04 Regulation Control P 1 w10 05 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 O O Q Regulation Co
97. for the end of the counting to make the drive runs from the low speed to stop 4 89 Chapter 4 Parameters Display value ciii 00 04 01 TRG 02 06 23 Counter Trigger choy P 1 0msec cUUUG gt 10msecl lt The width of trigger signal output signal Preliminary Counter Value 13 47 Pr 02 11 Pr 02 14 02 18 18 OTB Terminal Counter Value 02 14 17 02 16 5 02 18 Digital Output Gain Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 1 Settings 1 40 aa It is used to set the signal for the digital output terminals DFM DCM and digital frequency output pulse X work period 50 Output pulse per second output frequency X Pr 02 18 02 19 X Desired Frequency Attained 1 Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 60 00 50 00 02 20 A The Width of the Desired Frequency Attained 1 Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 2 00 02 24 Desired Frequency Attained 2 Unit 0 01 ma VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 60 00 50 00 0222 A The Width of the Desired Frequency Attained 2 Unit 0 01 pci VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 2 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz gq Once output frequency reaches desired frequency and the corresponding multi function output terminal is set to 3 or 4 Pr 02 11 Pr 02 14 this multi function output terminal will be ON 4 90 H A Fomd 60Hz
98. in a reverse run command FWD REV atyvtvtvirvirvty s v etre Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command FWD REV a v viviy 5 v i 5v i Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction FWD REV eae wee ge B Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction FWD REV A v vl t ltlt B Single phase input a ftit tft t 4 173 Chapter 4 Parameters 757 A KZ X Encoder Feedback Fault Treatment Control VFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop KI Detection Time for Encoder Feedback Fault Unit 0 01 Control VFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 00 Settings 0 00 to 10 00 sec Ea When encoder loss encoder signal error pulse signal setting error or signal error if time exceeds the detection time for encoder feedback fault Pr 10 03 the encoder signal error will occur Refer to the Pr 10 02 for encoder feedback fault treatment X ASR Auto Speed Regulation control P 1 Unit 0 1 Control vVEPG FocPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40 Hz A ASR Auto Speed Regulation control I 1 Unit 0 001 Control VEPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 100
99. mode Settings 0 000 to 10 000 sec A ASR Auto Speed Regulation control P 2 Unit 0 1 Control vFpG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz 10 07 A ASR Auto Speed Regulation control I 2 Unit 0 001 Control VEPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 100 mode Settings 0 000 to 10 000 sec KJ P Gain of Zero Speed Unit 1 Control vrpG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 mode Settings 0 to 40Hz 4 174 mr Chapter 4 Parameters 78 M Gain of Zero Speed Unit 0 001 Control vFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 100 mode Settings 0 000 to 10 000 sec KCI M ASR 1 ASR2 Switch Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VEPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 7 00 mode Settings 5 00 o 600 00Hz When Pr 11 00 is set to bit0 1 ASR Pr 10 04 10 07 and Pr 10 21 10 22 are read only Ea ASR P determines Proportional control and associated gain P ASR I determines integral control and associated gain I Ea When integral time is set to 0 it is disabled Pr 10 08 defines the switch frequency for the ASR1 Pr 10 04 Pr 10 05 and ASR2 Pr 10 06 Pr 10 07 PI 10 24 rhe er eR T 10 22 f 10 04 10 05 N 10 06 donor o Y 10 07 i 5Hz 5Hz OHz 5Hz 10 08 Hz Ea When using multi function input terminals to switch ASR1 ASR2 the diagram will be shown as follows Setting multi function input terminal to 27 ASR1 ASR2 switch OFF ON OFF 10 09 Xx Low Pass Filt
100. of Pulse Generators Encoders ABZ1 PS1 AB2 PS1 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 12V 5V 12V VOLTAGE veg TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V E n d n O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OV B 21 Appendix B Accessories 77 3 A ABZ1 PS1 AB2 PS1 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 12V 5V 12V Open collector VCC TP 12V TP T i U TP T O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OV Lineoriver TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V i M s OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V Q Complementary VCC TP 12V TP i i TP T O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OV B 8 2 EMV PG010 PG OUT Pulse output AB2 PG2 signal mode switch PS1 ABZ1 PG1 signal 5 12V switch mode switch PG1 PG2 Pulse feedback Pulse input B 22 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1737 4 1 Terminals descriptions Terminal Descriptions Symbols VP Power source of EMV PG010 use PS1 to switch 12V 5V Output Voltage 5V 12V 5 200mA DCM Power source and input signal common B zu Input signal from encoder Input type is selected by ABZ1 It can be Z1 Z1 1 phase or 2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec A2 A2 Input signal from encoder Input type is selected by AB2 It can be 1 B2 BZ phase or 2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec AIO BIO ZIO Output signal It has division frequency function Pr 10 16 open collector max output DC20V 50mA Grounding 2 Wiring Notes a Please use a shielded cable to prevent interfer
101. operation frequency Pr 01 00 to 0 00Hz m nertia estimate Setting Pr 11 00 2 Pr 11 00 System Control bit 0 Auto tuning for ASR and APR bit 1 Inertia estimate only for FOCPG mode bit 2 Zero Servo bit 3 Reserved m f it allows the motor to rotate in forward and reverse Motor can run in both forward and reverse After start up the motor observe if Pr 11 01 is convergence After the speed is stable change the motor operation direction until Pr 11 01 is convergence Motor can only run in one direction Setting multi function input terminal to MI1 1 Pr 04 00 to 1 5 of rated frequency and the operation frequency on the digital keypad to 4 5 of rated frequency Pr 04 00 1st Step Speed Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz W Check if the setting of Pr 11 01 is convergence When the motor runs stably setting Pr 02 10 to 4 and check if Pr 11 01 is convergence After setting Pr 02 10 to 0 check if Pr 11 01 is convergence again Please repeat above operation until Pr 11 01 is convergence Pr 02 10 Direction Digital Input Operation 0 65535 3 13 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up UA This page intentionally left blank 3 14 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 4 Parameters The VFD VE parameters are divided into 12 groups by property for easy setting In most applications the user can finish all parameter settings before start up witho
102. or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Y Increase torque compensation not Run as Expected Check if V f characteristic 7 mm and torque compensation No Adjust V f characteristic is suitable and lower torque compensation Yes T Y Run in low speed continuously L Please use specific motor No v Y If load is too large es No kd Check if output v is balanced oltage of U VW No v Reduce load or increase the capacity of AC motor drive Yes gt Motor has malfunction Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Chapter 5 Troubleshooting VZV 5 13 Electromagnetic Induction Noise There are many noises surround the AC motor drives and invade it by radiation or power circuit It may cause the misoperation of control circuit and even damage the AC motor drive Of course that is a solution to increase the noise tolerance of AC motor drive But it is not the best one due to the limit Therefore solve it from the outside as following will be the best 1 2 Add surge killer on the relay or contact to suppress switching surge between ON OFF Shorten the wiring length of the control circuit or serial circuit and separate from the main circuit wiring Comply with the wiring regulation for those shielded wire and use isolation amplifier for long wi
103. phase current detection error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error Hd0 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41 PID feedback loss AFE 4 33 Chapter 4 Parameters Z Pr Explanation za 7a Settings Factory Setting 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF1 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb 63 Slip error OSL 64 Broken belt error bEb 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv 06 32 Output Frequency for Malfunction 0 00 655 35 Hz 0 00 06 33 Output AC
104. power system for abnormal power No T Y es Please check the fuse Check if itis 40hp and above at AC side No W Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA 5 5 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 17 3 5 9 Motor cannot Run Check if CEO1 Motor cannot run displays normall Lr Reset after clearing fault and then RUN Yes Check if non fuse breaker and magnetic contactor are ON No Setthem to ON Check if any faults occur such as Lv PHL or disconnection Itcan run when no faults occur Use jumper or DC reactor Press RUN key to check if it can run Press UP key to set frequency tyes Press UP to check if motor lt _ canrun Ng Check if input FWD No or REV command Yes Check if there is any Y fault code displayed Check if input No voltage is normal Yes k A If jumper or DC No npo ee No reactor is connected gt by keypad between 1 and 2 B1 Yes Yes b d due to nois e Please contact DELTA Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation Yes Vv No Modify frequency setting LN Set frequency or not No Check if the wiring of terminal FWD and between
105. set to how to react if transmission errors occur KI A COM1 Time out Detection Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 100 0 sec 0 0 disable 4 159 Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Ea If Pr 09 03 is not set to 0 0 Pr 09 02 0 2 and there is no communication on the bus during the Time Out detection period set by Pr 09 03 cE10 will be shown on the keypad 09 04 A COM1 Communication Protocol Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 mode Settings Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 1 gt 0 1 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 2 gt 2 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 1 gt 3 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 1 gt 4 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 2 gt 5 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 2 gt 6 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt T Modbus ASCII mode protocol 8 N 2 8 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 9 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 1 gt 10 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 11 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt 12 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt 13 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 2 gt 14 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 15 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 0 1 gt 16 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 17 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt LIU 1 Control by PC or PLC A VFD VE can be set up to communicate on Modbus networks using one of the following modes ASCII American Standar
106. step1 iod ji i Factory z E Source setting Multi step2 id Pleasereferto Figure 3forwiring of SINK mode and Multi step 4 96 SOUAGEM 0 09 No functio n i No function it Q E DigitalSignalCommon i z Lac D on ta pp ly the main s wo ltage directly DCM MCM toaboveterminals EQ DFM AClc urrent w Itage selection KAMA i i ower sup ply gt ACIS witch i y Make sure tha tp ower is OFF i AMI om gt i i M iH be fore c hanging the switch 5K 2 i Master F requ ency DCM setting td 1 0to10V47ko 0 20mA fer 0 10V 2 SA T MC al OFF ON MC DC choke brake unit optional optional ves b rake resistor i VFDB o ptional 1 ORE umo QS L2 V T2 Q T L3 W T3 EQ 1 RB HA RC RB Multi step 3 4 0 An alog Multi function O utput T erminal O E AFMa nalog ou tpu tselection AFI 6 1 0 10VDC 2mA AFMS witch TTX Make sure thatp ow er is O FF hd before ch angin g the switch zd ACM setting _ PZJ mon 0 10V BIET 0 20mA Q Main circu it power termin als ACI 4 20mA 0 1 0V AUI v ACM Ana log SignalC ommon OCon trolc ircuitte rminals minus sign Motor Multi fu nction contacto utput1 relay factory setting f aultindication Multi fu nction contacto utput2 relay 48 VD
107. that sets frequency 0 10V and 4 20mA Y No Check if the wiring between No M1 M6 to DCM is correct No Y No Checkif the wiring of external terminal is correct Yes I Connect Yes M correctly Check if frequency for M each step is different Change defective potentiometer Change frequency setting If accel decel time is very lon Please set suitable accel decel time by load inertia Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction or misoperation due to noise Please contact DELTA Chapter 5 Troubleshooting VT 5 11 Motor Stalls during Acceleration Motor stalls during acceleration Check if acceleration Yes time is too short Increase setting time No v Check if the inertia of motor and load are very high No Yes wiring between the Thicken or shorten the motor or AC motor drive LA Use special motor Check if the voltage of terminal is lower than before Yes lt Reduce load or increase the capacity of AC motor drive No Reduce load or ofAC motor drive increase the capacity v Yes Check if the load torque is too high 5 12 The Motor does Motor does not run as expected No v Check if the torque compensation is suitable Yes No Maybe AC motor drive has malfunction
108. to 0 means broadcast to all AC drives AMD In this case the AMD will not reply any message to the master device 00H broadcast to all AC drives 01H AC drive of address 01 OFH AC drive of address 15 10H AC drive of address 16 FEH AC drive of address 254 For example communication to AMD with address 16 decimal 10H ASCII mode Address 1 0 gt 1 31H 0 230H RTU mode Address 10H 3 3 Function Function code and DATA data characters The format of data characters depends on the function code 03H read data from register 06H write single register 08H loop detection 10H write multiple registers The available function codes and examples for VFD VE are described as follows 1 03H multi read read data from registers Example reading continuous 2 data from register address 2102H AMD address is 01H ASCII mode Command message Response message STX sh STX a Address s Address 2 T F Function 3 Function zy a Number of data 0 Starting data A Count by byte 4 address 0 Content of starting 2 address Tq Command message Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 a Response message RTU mode T Number of data 0 count by word 0 oy LRC Check gt CR END LF Command message Address 01H Function 03
109. to O when it is PG PGF i PG feedback error feedback control PGE PG feedback loss check the wiring of the PG feedback PGFS PG feedback stall Check the wiring of the PG feedback Check if the setting of PI gain and deceleration is suitable Return to the factory Check the pulse wiring Return to the factory Check the ACI wiring Check if the ACI signal is less than 4mA Input EF N O on external terminal is closed to GND Output U V W will be turned off Give RESET command after fault has been cleared When the multi function input terminals MI1 to MI6 are set to emergency stop the AC motor drive stops output U V W and the motor coasts to stop Press RESET after fault has been cleared Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 1757 3 Fault Name Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions bb 1 When the external input terminal B B is active the AC motor drive output will be turned off 2 Deactivate the external input terminal B B to operate the AC motor drive again External Base Block Keypad will be locked Turn the power ON PcodE Password is locked after power OFF to re enter the correct password See Pr 00 07 and 00 08 c cc o5L Check if the function code is correct function code must be 03 06 10 63 Check if the communication address is correct Illegal function code Illegal data address 00H to 254H Check if the data value exceed
110. 0 100 drive s rated current 06 11 m Over torque Detection Time OT2 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 1 Settings 0 0 to 60 0 sec Ea Pr 06 06 and Pr 06 09 determine the operation mode of the drive after the over torque is detected via the following method if the output current exceeds the over torque detection level Pr 06 19 and also exceeds the Pr 06 08 Over Torque Detection Time the fault code OT1 OT2 is displayed If a Multi Functional Output Terminal is to over torque detection the output is on Please refer to Pr 02 11 02 14 for details current B5 Dr 06 07 Pr 06 10 Pr 06 08 06 11 4 113 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 3 06 12 A Current Limit Unit 1 Control _Egcopg TQCPG Factory Setting 150 mode Settings 0 to 250 100 drive s rated current Ea It is used to set the current limit LI Electronic Thermal Relay Selection Motor 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 mode Settings 0 Operate with a Inverter Motor forced external cooling 1 Operate with a Standard Motor self cooled by fan 2 Disabled Electronic Thermal Relay Selection Motor 2 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 mode Settings 0 Operate with a Inverter Motor forced external cooling 1 Operate with a Standard Motor self cooled by fan 2 Disabled gq It is used to prevent self cooled motor overheats under low speed
111. 0 Fan always ON 0 O O O O 1 1 minute after AC motor drive stops fan will be OFF 2 AC motor drive runs and fan ON AC motor drive stops and fan OFF 3 Fan ON to run when preliminary heat sink temperature around 60 C attained 4 Fan always OFF 07 20 Torque Command 100 0 100 0 Pr 07 22 setting 100 0 0 M07 21 Torque Command 0 Digital keypad 0 O Source 1 RS485 serial communication RJ 11 2 Analog signal Pr 03 00 wo7 22 Maximum Torque 0 500 100 O Command w 07 23 Filter Time of Torque 0 000 1 000 sec 0 000 O Command 07 24 Speed Limit Selection 0 By Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 0 O 1 Frequency command source Pr 00 20 MOT 25 Torque Mode Speed 0 120 10 O Limit 07 26 Torque Mode Speed 0 120 10 O Limit 4 16 Chapter 4 Parameters 1 37 x p Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 07 27 Source of Torque 0 Disable 0 O O O Offset 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 2 Torque offset setting 3 Control by external terminal by Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 w07 28 Torque Offset Setting 0 0 100 0 0 0 O O O 07 29 High Torque Offset 0 0 100 0 30 0 w07 30 Middle Torque Offset 0 0 100 0 20 0 w07 31 Low Torque Offset 0 0 100 0 10 0 07 32 pls Motor Torque 0 500 200 07 33 Forward Regenerative 0 500 200 O O Torque Limit wOT 34 Reverse Motor Torque 0 500 200 O O w07 35 Reverse Regenerative 0 500 200 O O Torque Limit 07 36 Emergency Stop EF
112. 0 O O O Brake i Proportional Gain for 1 500 50 O O O 40708 DC Brake I Momentary Power 0 Operation stop after momentary power loss 0 O O O O O 07 06 A Loss Operation 1 Operation continues after momentary power loss Selection speed search starts with the Master Frequency reference value 2 Operation continues after momentary power loss speed search starts with the minimum frequency Maximum Allowable 0 1 5 0 sec 2 0 O O O O O 07 07 Power Loss Time 07 08 B B Time for Speed 0 1 5 0 sec 0 5 O O O O Search Current Limit for 20 200 150 O O O O O a 07 09 Speed Search 07 10 Base block Speed 0 Stop operation 0 O O O O O Search 1 Speed search starts with last frequency command 2 Speed search starts with minimum output frequency Auto Restart after 0 10 0 O O O O 07 11 Fault MOT A2 Speed Search during 0 Disable 0 O O O O Start up 1 Speed search from maximum frequency 2 Speed search from start up frequency 3 Speed search from minimum frequency w07 13 Decel Time Selection 0 Disable 0 O O O O O 7 for Momentary Power 1 1 decel time Loss 2 2 decel time 3 3 decel time 4 4 decel time 5 Current decel time 6 Auto decel Time 07 14 DEB Return Time 0 0 25 0 sec 0 0 Q C Q 07 15 Dwell Time at Accel 0 00 600 00sec 0 00 O O O 07 16 Dwell Frequency at 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O O O Accel M07 17 Dwell Time at Decel 0 00 600 00sec 0 00 O O w07 18 Dwell Frequency at 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O Decel w0T 19 Fan Control
113. 00 00Hz Ea These parameters are used to set the skip frequency of the AC drive The skip frequencies are useful when a motor has vibration at a specific frequency bandwidth By skipping this frequency the vibration will be avoided E Mode Selection when Frequency lt Fmin Gone VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Output Waiting 1 Zero speed operation 2 Fmin 4th output frequency setting Ea When the frequency is less than Fmin Pr 01 07 or Pr 01 41 it will operate by this parameter Ea When it is set to 0 the AC motor drive will be in waiting mode without voltage output from terminals U V W Ea When setting 1 it will execute DC brake by Vmin Pr 01 08 and Pr 01 42 in V f VFPG and SVC modes Ea When it is set to 2 the AC motor drive will run by Fmin Pr 01 07 Pr 01 41 and Vmin Pr 01 08 Pr 01 42 in V f VFPG SVC and FOCPG modes In V f VFPG and SVC modes fout 01 34 21 34 01 34 0 MZ stop output WiMliMies 2222225 Nf Se ccee ees Se aaaea heten aie SZS hee Sees k 01 07 0Hz OHz stop waiting for output OHz operation DC brake 4 69 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 Ei Al In FOCPG mode when Pr 01 34 is set to 2 it will act according Pr 01 34 setting fout 01 34 21 34 01 34 0 01 34 2 imi 2a aces tees REE pete see tee ee see 01 07 frequency command frequency command 4 70 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters EXE M 2 wir
114. 00 20 Ja ka 3 External UP DOWN terminal 4 Pulse input without direction command Pr 10 15 without direction 5 Pulse input with direction command Pr 10 15 0 Digital keypad KPV CE01 0 ao ie C O O Source of the Operation 1 External terminals Keypad STOP disabled 00 21 Command 2 RS 485 serial communication RJ 11 Keypad STOP disabled OJOlO O O 70022 ts Mood em SEE 0 Enable forward reverse 0 OJOlO O O 00 23 Motor Direction Control 1 Disable reverse 2 Disable forward 4 3 A7 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 57 33 Group 1 Basic Parameters Pr Explanation Settings EP VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 01 00 Maximum Output Frequency 50 00 600 00Hz EA Ojo O O 01 01 1st Output Frequency Setting 0 00 600 00Hz 60 007 O O O Q 1 50 00 2 230V 0 1V 255 0V 220 0 Qi o O O 01 02 1st Output Voltage Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 440 0 01 03 2nd Output Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 050 O O Setting 1 A 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 O O 01 04 2nd Output Voltage Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 01 05 3rd Output Frequency Setting 0 00 600 00Hz 050 O O 1 i 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 O O 01 06 3rd Output Voltage Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 01 07 d Output Frequency Setting 0 00 600 00Hz 000 O O O A 230V 0 1V 255 0V 01 08 4th Output Voltage Setting 1 460V 0 1V 510 0V 01 09
115. 08 Example 1 assume that AVI input voltage is OV Pr 03 03 is 10 0 and Pr 03 06 is 4 Serve bias as the center the display will be CEF Example 2 when AUI input voltage is 10V it will display D 3 Example If REV MI1 and MI6 are ON the following table shows the status of the terminals 0 OFF 1 ON 4 50 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al Terminal MI14 MI13 MI12 MI11 MI10 MI9 MI8 MI7 MI6 MI5 MI4 MIS MI2 MI1 REV FWD Status 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 If REV MI1 and MI6 are ON the value is 0000 0000 1000 0110 in binary and 0086H in HEX When Pr 00 04 is set to 16 or 19 it will display 0086 with LED U is ON on the keypad KPV CE01 The setting 16 is the status of digital input by Pr 02 10 setting and the setting 19 is the corresponding CPU pin status of digital input User can set to 16 to monitor digital input status and then set to 19 to check if the wire is normal Assume that MRA Pr 02 11 is set to 9 Drive ready After applying the power to the AC motor drive if there is no other abnormal status the contact will be ON The display status will be shown as follows Terminal Reserved Reserved Reserved MO2 MO1 RA MRA Status 0o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 At the meanwhile if Pr 00 04 is set to 17 or 20 it will display 0001 with LED U is ON on the keypad
116. 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 01 39 3rd Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 Pl VF VFPG Factory Setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 40 A 3rd Output Voltage Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 LU 4th Output Frequency Setting 1 Unit 0 01 Geom VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 4 62 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 al 01 08 A Ath Output Voltage Setting 1 Unit 0 1 Control VE VEPG mode Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 0 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 0 0 01 44 4th Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 42 A Ath Output Voltage Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Control VE VFPG mode Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 0 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 0 0 Ea V f curve setting is usually set by the motor s allowable loading characteristics Pay special attention to the motor s heat dissipation dynamic balance and bearing lubricity if the loading characteristics exceed the loading limit of the motor For the V f curve setting it should be Pr 01 01 gt Pr 01 03 gt Pr 01 05 gt Pr 01 07 There is no limit for the voltage setting but a high voltage at the low frequency may cause motor damage overheat stall
117. 1 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 3687 1 1 T1300 0 1 4 0001 1 1 43 Analog input resolution peter to pr 10 55 for details selection 44 Enable Reset initial reel When the drive is at stop and it is in tension control mode it diameter Reset initial reel needs to set 3 step initial reel by the digital status of terminals diameter 1 45 and 46 Pr 08 46 48 Using terminal 44 function after setting Reset initial reel contact status of 45 and 46 as shown in the following table diameter 2 MI 46 MI 45 MI 44 OFF OFF ON writing Pr 08 46 setting into Pr 08 54 ae OFF ON ON writing Pr 08 47 setting into Pr 08 54 ON OFF ON writing Pr 08 48 setting into Pr 08 54 ON ON ON reset Pr 08 54 setting to the factory setting 47 Reset PID control When this contact is ON the PID control integration of tension is reset integration of tension 4 80 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 57 Al Settings Functions Descriptions 48 Mechanical Gear Ratio When this contact is ON the mechanical gear ratio switch will Switch be the second group A2 B2 refer to Pr 10 29 and Pr 10 30 When this contact is ON the output of drive will stop A RUN gt MI d49 i 1 Time Startrunning A RUN gt MI d49 i Time 02 34 0 no action 02 34 21 Start running 49 Enable Drive 4 RUN gt Mi d49 4 k gt j Time deceleration to stop start running from 0Hz A
118. 1 OH2 oH3 sssssssssssssseeeeennees 5 4 5 6 Overload it ed euet iita 5 4 5 7 Display of KPV CEO01 is Abnormal sse m 5 5 5 8 Phase Loss PHL atero cene ne iine ed 5 5 5 9 Motor Cannot RUM oie e Dn ael niae 5 6 5 10 Motor Speed cannot be Changed sese 5 7 5 11 Motor Stalls during Acceleration sn 5 8 5 12 The Motor does not Run as Expected ssssesss 5 8 5 13 Electromagnetic Induction Noise ssee 5 9 5 14 Environmental Condition 2 eee eee ee eee aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa e 5 9 5 15 Affecting Other Machines eee aaa aaa aaa aaa aaaia 5 10 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 6 1 6 1 Fault Code Information 6 1 6 1 1 Common Problems and Solutions esee 6 1 6 1 2 Reset aimo i e SEE a ada EE 6 6 6 2 Maintenance and Inspections sseeeeeaaa aaa aaa aaa ech 6 7 Appendix A Specifications eese A 1 Appendix B Accessories ceceeeseee cece ee eeeeeeeeeeee aaa aan ozna aaa aaa nawe wazna aaa B 1 B 1 All Brake Resistors amp Brake Units Used in AC Motor Drives B 1 B 1 1 Dimensions and Weights for Brake Resistors B 4 B 1 2 Specifications for Brake Unit eseeea aaa aaa B 6 B 1 3 Dimensions for Brake
119. 2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1737 3 wiring 2 NUES Brakeresistor optional Q No fuse breaker 1 20 81 B2 a RNB 8 6RLI um Uc vd Motor Sx z 8 L2 vm M x Uer 5 TL3 WITS We FWD STOP pyy HAN DO REV STOP_ L oe REV OE Multi step 1 MH Factory Multi step2 MI2 BA l setting Multi step 3 TI MI3 Ada Multi step 4_ UL MIA ATM Nofunction 1 1 wis i Bid PG No function 7 mig Bio Line drivdr Digital Signal Comman NEZ l a M Dom MER 5 i incremental encodar anaE oA OE p Yol AO YOu UWL i Bd Li Bon Yi Z0 RES gt A CIC phase diffe rence is 9 5 Types of Pulse Generators Encoders ABZ1 AB2 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 5V VOLTAGE VCC TP TP i O P oc 0v Open collector VCC TP TP i O P oc oC OV B 29 Appendix B Accessories 7 7 2 7 al ABZ1 AB2 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 5V Line driver TP TP I z OC OC Q Complementary VCC TP TP U i rk pid oc oc OV B 30 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1757 3 B 9 AMD EMI Filter Cross Reference AC Drives Model Number FootPrint VFD007V43A 2 VFD015V43A 2 VFD022V43A 2 RF022B43AA VFD037V43A 2 RF037B43BA VFD055V43A 2 VFD075V43A 2
120. 3 00 03 02 is set to 17 tension taper Pr 08 82 08 82 Tension Taper 0 100 0 08 83 Friction Compensation 0 0 100 0 0 0 08 84 Compensation 0 30000 0 Coefficient of Material Inertial 08 85 Torque Feed Forward 0 0 100 0 50 0 08 86 Low Pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 5 00 Torque Feed Forward 08 87 Reserved 08 99 4 36 Group 9 Communication Parameters Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 A R 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG M 09 21 Multi function Output 0 65535 Read O O O O Status only w09 22 AFM2 Status 0 4095 Read O O O only w09 23 AFM3 Status 0 4095 Read O O O only Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters New parameters 10 29 10 30 p Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O 10 04 Regulation Control P 1 ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O 410 06 Regulation Control P 2 10 21 P Gain of Zero Speed 0 40 10 O 10 29 PG Mechanical Gear A2 1 5000 100 O O 10 30 PG Mechanical Gear B2 1 5000 100 O Group 11 Advanced Parameters Updated parameters 11 00 and 11 09 11 10 and new parameters 11 18 11 40 5 Factory VFP SV FOCP TQCP Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF G c G G bit 0 ASR Auto tuning 0 bit 1 Inertia estimate 11 00 System Control bit 2 Zero Servo
121. 37 5 1 2 2 15 20 35 52 5 0 8 1 2 18 5 25 45 67 5 0 7 1 2 22 30 45 67 5 0 7 1 2 30 40 80 120 0 4 0 7 37 50 80 120 0 4 0 7 45 60 100 150 0 3 0 45 55 75 130 195 0 2 0 3 75 100 160 240 0 15 0 23 B 12 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 B 4 3 Applications for AC Reactor Connected in input circuit Appendix B Accessories 17 37 3 Application 1 Question When more than one AC motor drive is connected to the same power one of them is ON during operation When applying to one of the AC motor drive the charge current of capacity may cause voltage ripple The AC motor drive may damage when over current occurs during operation Correct wiring M1 reactor CY YN M2 a A gt CY Y Neh i NOM Mn pn o A o A 3 P JN Nee AC motor drive V RE AC motor drive o o NE AC motor drive Application 2 Question Silicon rectifier and AC motor drive is connected to the same power Surges will be generated at the instant of silicon rectifier switching on off These surges may damage the mains circuit B 13 Appendix B Accessories 77 3 3 Correct wiring silicon rectifier power t E reactor a lt gt M A AC motor drive reactor YYY i d 3 4 Application 3 Question Used to improve the input power fa
122. 4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb Slip error oSL roken belt error bEb 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv Output Frequency for 0 00 655 35 Hz Read 06 32 Malfunction only Output Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O 06 33 Malfunction only DC Voltage for 0 0 6553 5 V Read O O 06 34 Malfunction only Output Current for 0 00 655 35 Amp Read O D 06 35 Malfunction only IGBT Temperature for 0 0 6553 5 C Read O O O 06 36 Malfunction only Group 7 Special Parameters Pr Explanation Settings el VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG Proportional Gain for 1 500 50 O O O MOTOS DC Brake 07 19 Fan Control 0 Fan always ON 0 O O O O 1 1 minute after AC motor drive stops fan will be OFF 2 AC motor drive runs and fan ON AC motor drive stops and fan OFF 3 Fan ON to run when preliminary heat sink temperature around 60 C attained 4 Fan always OFF 07 27 Source of Torque 0 Disable 0 O O Offset 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 2 Torque offset setting 3 Control by external terminal by Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 07 36 Emergency Stop EF 0 Coast stop 0 O O O O amp Forced Stop 1 By deceleration Time 1 Selection 2 By deceleration Time 2 3 By deceleration Time 3 4 By deceleration Time 4 5 System Deceleration 6 Automatic Deceleration 4 43 Chapter 4 Param
123. 5 VFDO22V43A 2 15 VFD220V23A 2 175 VFD037V23A 2 40 VFD220V43A 2 100 VFD037V43A 2 20 VFD300V23A 2 225 VFD055V23A 2 50 VFD300V43A 2 125 VFD055V43A 2 30 VFD370V23A 2 250 VFD075V23A 2 60 VFD370V43A 2 150 VFD075V43A 2 40 VFD450V43A 2 175 VFD110V23A 2 100 VFD550V43C 2 250 VFD110V43A 2 50 VFD750V43C 2 300 Appendix B Accessories 17 3 3 B 3 Fuse Specification Chart Smaller fuses than those shown in the table are permitted MM 1 A 1 A Line Fuse Input Output 1 A Bussmann P N VFD007V23A 2 5 7 5 0 10 JJN 10 VFD007V43A 2 32 27 5 JJN 6 VFD015V23A 2 7 6 7 0 15 JJN 15 VFD015V43A 2 43 42 10 JJN 10 VFD022V23A 2 15 5 11 30 JJN 30 VFDO22V43A 2 5 9 5 5 15 JJN 15 VFD037V23A 2 20 6 17 40 JJN 40 VFD037V43A 2 11 2 8 5 20 JJN 20 VFD055V23A 2 26 25 50 JJN 50 VFD055V43A 2 14 13 30 JJN 30 VFD075V23A 2 34 33 60 JJN 60 VFD075V43A 2 19 18 40 JJN 40 VFD110V23A 2 50 49 100 JJN 100 VFD110V43A 2 25 24 50 JJN 50 VFD110V43B 2 25 24 50 JJN 50 VFD150V23A 2 60 65 125 JJN 125 VFD150V43A 2 32 32 60 JJN 60 VFD185V23A 2 75 75 150 JJN 150 VFD185V43A 2 39 38 75 JJN 70 VFD220V23A 2 90 90 175 JJN 175 VFD220V43A 2 49 45 100 JJN 100 VFD300V23A 2 110 120 225 JJN 225 VFD300V43A 2 60 60 125 JJN 125 VFD370V23A 2 142 145 250 JJN 250 VFD370V43A 2 63 73 150 JJN 150 VFD450V43A 2 90 91 175 JJN 175 VFD550V43C 2 130 110 250 JJN 250 VFD750V43C 2 160 150 300 JJN 300
124. 50 0 O O O O 08 29 Tension PID P w 08 30 Integral Time of Tension 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 O O O O 4 18 PID I Chapter 4 Parameters 777A Pr Explanation Settings Factory ve vepa SVC FOCPG TOCPG x p g Setting 08 31 Reserved Proportional Gain 2 of 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O O O O 08 32 Tension PID P M 08 33 Integral Time 2 of Tension 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 O O O O PIDI 08 34 Reserved 08 35 PID Line Speed Output 0 Positive output 0 Ou Q O O Status 1 Negative output Tension Line Speed PID 0 100 00 20 00 O O O O 08 36 Tar Output Limit 08 37 Source of Line Speed 0 Disable 0 o O O O Input Command 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed 2 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 41 3 Pulse input Pr 08 40 4 DFM DCM pulse input Pr 02 18 08 38 Max Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 1000 0 O O 08 39 Min Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 O e O Pulse Number for Each 0 0 6000 0 pulse m 0 0 O O O 08 40 Meter 08 41 Current Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 O O O 08 42 Source of Reel Diameter 0 Calculated by line speed 0 O O C 1 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on reel shaft Pr 08 49 51 Pr 10 15 2 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on motor Pr 08 23 08 24 08 50 08 51 10 00 10 01 3 Calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to
125. 6 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 3 Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B leads in a reverse run command 1 FWD REV A55 s v v Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 2 FWD REV A v5 vttrtv 55i 5V i Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 3 FWD REV xcd pe Dips B Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction 4 FWD REV Ad viv llk BE Ea When this setting is different from Pr 10 01 setting and the source of the frequency command is pulse input Pr 00 20 is set to 4 or 5 it may have 4 times frequency problem Example Assume that Pr 10 00 1024 Pr 10 01 1 Pr 10 15 3 Pr 00 20 5 MI 37 and ON it needs 4096 pulses to rotate the motor a revolution Assume that Pr 10 00 1024 Pr 10 01 1 Pr 10 15 1 Pr 00 20 5 MI 37 and ON it needs 1024 pulses to rotate the motor a revolution Output Setting for Frequency Division denominator Unit 1 Control epg FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 mode Settings 1 to 255 Ea This parameter is used to set the denominator for frequency division for PG card EMV PG01L or EMV PG010 For example when it is set to 2 with feedback 1024ppr PG output will be 1024 2 512ppr 4 177 AT Chapter 4
126. 655 35 Aa It is used to set rated power of the motor 2 The factory setting is the power of the drive A Rated Speed of Motor 2 rpm Unit 1 Control VFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 1710 mode Settings 0 to 65535 Ea It is used to set the rated speed of the motor and need to set according to the value indicated on the motor nameplate 4 106 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 05 16 Number of Motor Poles 2 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 4 Settings 2 to 20 Ea It is used to set the number of motor poles must be an even number 05417 No load Current of Motor 2 Unit Amp om VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 0 to factory setting of Pr 05 01 The factory setting is 40 X rated current EMI Stator Resistance Rs of Motor 2 Unit 0 001 EMI Rotor Resistance Rr of Motor 2 Unit 0 001 Conio SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 4 Settings 0 65 5350 Magnetizing Inductance Lm of Motor 2 Unit 0 1 Stator Inductance Lx of Motor 2 Unit 0 1 Pane SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 0 6553 5mH KZI A Torque Compensation Time Constant Unit 0 001 Control VF VEPG SVC Factory setting 0 020 mode Settings 0 001 to 10 000 sec 0523 Slip Compensation Time Constant Unit 0 001 Control vFPG_ SVC Factory setting 0 100 mode Settings 0 001 to 10 000 sec Ea Setting Pr 05 22 and Pr 05 23 change the response time for the com
127. 7 Multi position 13 0 65535 0 O W04 28 Multi position 14 0 65535 0 O w04 29 Multi position 15 0 65535 0 Chapter 4 Parameters gt Le m di J Group 5 Motor Parameters Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 05 00 Motor Auto Tuning 0 No function 0 O 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved 05 01 Full load Current of 40 120 of drive s rated current 8 O O O 9 O Motor 1 A w05 02 EW power of Motor 1 0 655 35 Ht O O O w 05 03 Rated speed of Motor 1 0 65535 1710 C O O O rpm 1710 60Hz 4 poles 1410 50Hz 4 poles 05 04 Number of Motor Poles 1 2 20 4 O O O 05 05 No load Current of Motor 0 factory setting of Pr 05 01 HHH Q O 1 A 05 06 Stator Resistance Rs of 0 65 5350 HHHH O O O Motor 1 05 07 Rotor Resistance Rr of 0 65 5350 HHH O O O Motor 1 05 08 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH O O O Lm of Motor 1 05 09 Stator inductance Lx of 0 6553 5mH zj Q O O Motor 1 05 10 Motor 1 Motor 2 1 Motor 1 1 O O O O O Selection 2 Motor 2 wOB 11 Frequency for Y 0 00 600 00Hz 60 00 O O O connection A connection Switch 05 12 Y connection 0 Disable 0 O O O 9 A connection Switch 1 Enable 05 13 Full load Current of 40 120 3S8 O O O O O Motor 2 A M 05 14 a Power of Motor 2 0 655 35 HAH O O O x05 15 Rated Spee
128. 8 TE i pulses on TRG terminal c U Display actual output frequency H with PG feedback 2 Display actual electric output frequency without PG n ciu feedback Display the actual DC BUS voltage in VDC of the AC Settings 0 Display the output current in A supplied to the motor 3 motor drive U Display the output voltage in VAC of terminals U V W 4 to the motor E 5 Display the power factor angle in of terminals U V W to the motor n 6 Display the output power in kW of terminals U V and W to the motor P Display the actual motor speed in rpm enabled when 7 using with PG card r00 positive speed 00 negative speed Display the estimated value of torque in Nm as it relates to current t0 0 positive torque 0 0 negative torque 9 Display PG position refer to NOTE1 10 Display analog feedback signal value in b Display the signal of AVI analog input terminal in 11 Range 0 10V corresponds to 0 100 1 refer to NOTE 2 Display the signal of ACI analog input terminal in 12 Range 4 20mA 0 10V corresponds to 0 100 2 refer to NOTE 2 Display the signal of AUI analog input terminal in 96 13 Range 10V 10V corresponds to 100 100 3 refer to NOTE 2 14 Display the temperature of heat sink in C t 15 Display the temperature of IGBT in C T Display digital input status ON OFF Pr 02 10 i refer 16 L DU to NOTE 3 uc EIE 4 49 Chapter 4 Parameters 7
129. 9 Mechanical equivalent circuit for VE series ca If Pr 05 00 is set to 2 it needs to input Pr 05 05 for motor 1 Pr 05 17 for motor 2 4 102 mr Chapter 4 Parameters ZZA In torque vector control mode it is not recommended to have motors run in parallel It is not recommended to use torque vector control mode if motor rated power exceeds the rated power of the AC motor drive When auto tuning 2 motors it needs to set multi function input terminals or change Pr 05 10 for motor 1 motor 2 selection The no load current is usually 20 50 X rated current The rated speed can t be larger or equal to 120f p f rated frequency 01 01 01 35 P number of motor poles 05 04 05 16 05 01 Full load Current of Motor 1 Unit Amp Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 13H Settings 40 to 120 of drive s rated current Ea This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate The factory setting is 90 X rated current Example The rated current for 7 5HP 5 5kW is 25 and factory setting is 22 5A The range for setting will be 10 30A 25 40 10 and 25 120 30 x Rated Power of Motor 1 kW Unit 0 01 Control SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 0 to 655 35 kW Ea It is used to set rated power of the motor 1 The factory setting is the power of the drive a x Rated Speed of Motor 1 rpm Unit 1 Control Factory setting 1710 60Hz 4 poles
130. A NELIA Smarter Greener Together Industrial Automation Headquarters Delta Electronics Inc Taoyuan Technology Center No 18 Xinglong Rd Taoyuan City Taoyuan County 33068 Taiwan TEL 886 3 362 6301 FAX 886 3 371 6301 Asia Delta Electronics Jiangsu Ltd Wujiang Plant 3 1688 Jiangxing East Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone Wujiang City Jiang Su Province People s Republic of China Post code 215200 TEL 86 512 6340 3008 FAX 86 769 6340 7290 Delta Greentech China Co Ltd 238 Min Xia Road Pudong District ShangHai P R C Post code 201209 TEL 86 21 58635678 FAX 86 21 58630003 Delta Electronics Japan Inc Tokyo Ofice 2 1 14 Minato ku Shibadaimon Tokyo 105 0012 Japan TEL 81 3 5733 1111 FAX 81 3 5733 1211 Delta Electronics Korea Inc 1511 Byucksan Digital Valley 6 cha Gasan dong Geumcheon gu Seoul Korea 153 704 TEL 82 2 515 5303 FAX 82 2 515 5302 Delta Electronics Int l S Pte Ltd 4 Kaki Bukit Ave 1 4405 05 Singapore 417939 TEL 65 6747 5155 FAX 65 6744 9228 Delta Electronics India Pvt Ltd Plot No 43 Sector 35 HSIIDC Gurgaon PIN 122001 Haryana India TEL 91 124 4874900 FAX 91 124 4874945 Americas Delta Products Corporation USA Raleigh Ofice P O Box 12173 5101 Davis Drive Research Triangle Park NC 27709 U S A TEL 1 919 767 3800 FAX 1 919 767 8080 Delta Greentech Brasil S A Sao Paulo Ofice Rua Itapeva 26
131. AC motor drive decelerates to stop after momentary power loss When the momentary power loss occurs this function can be used for the motor to decelerate to 0 speed with deceleration stop method When the power is on again motor will run again after DEB return time Status 1 Insufficient power supply due to momentary power loss unstable power due to low voltage sudden heavy load 4 127 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 a DC BUS voltage The level for DEB return time Lv 30V 58V N L t J The level for soft start relay to be ON N Lv 30 u it doesn t need multi function terminals 1 1 Lv level inis rio aM power side DEB function is activated emm 1 Output frequency 1 1 1 1 it 1 rol 1 Pr 07 13 Decel time selection for a l momentary power loss NY 1 iy 1 DEB return time es ED When Pr 07 14 is set to 0 the AC motor drive will be stopped and won t re start at the power on again Status 2 unexpected power off such as momentary power loss DC BUS voltage The level for DEB return time Lv 30V 58V 0 NTs The level for soft start relay to be ON Lv 30 era Lv level power side DEB return time pora NOTE For example in textile machinery you will hope that all the machines can be decelerated to stop to prevent broken stitching when power loss In this case the host controller will send a message to
132. Ai B N LA Gear ratio A B Motor tension command gt AI PG1 operation command FWD direction of torque command MI d39 source ofreel diameter 08 42 Drive TQCPG mode 4 142 Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 al m 3 Tesnsion closed loop torque mode Torque N M F D 2 F tension N D reel diameter m Real diameter 08 42 Tension setting Gr d 03176 value Tension T 1 Torque m x of Torque gt Jo TEN gt taper calculation connand 08 81 L D PID output frequency 4 Limit 08 35 06 Torque CIJ LL o compensation x PI 1 LI o 08 83 08 86 j 08 29 amp 08 36 08 3521 1 08 30 Real diameter 08 42 Tension feedback 03 00 03 02z11 j JAS B M Gear ratio A B Motor tension command i L gt AT PGI tension feedback gt Al operation command gt FWD direction of torque command gt MI d39 source of reel diameter x gt 08 42 Drive TQCPG mode 4 143 source of ree Giameter 084 8 42 Drive TQCPG mode 08 22 Wind Mode Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Rewind 1 Unwind ca When it is set to 0 the reel diameter D will increase When it is set to 1 the reel diameter will decrease as shown in the following diagram rewind gt unwind UEYKJE w Mechanical Gear A at Reel Unit 1 UEYZIE w M
133. B2 s R P R L1 U T1 onej S S L2 v T2 Ak T T L3 W T3 E a P s A EO Figure 2 for the main terminals CY VFDB Brake resistor pem mM optional No fuse breaker O O NFB MC 1 2 R gt R L1 U T1 A S S L2 V T2 is T T L3 W T3 s E x e E L Terminal Symbol Explanation of Terminal Function R L1 S L2 T L3 AC line input terminals 1 phase 3 phase AC drive output terminals for connecting 3 phase U T1 V T2 W T3 induction motor 1 2 Connections for DC Choke optional 2 B1 B2 Connections for Brake Resistor optional 2 2 B1 Connections for External Brake Unit VFDB series Earth connection please comply with local regulations Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 17 3 3 Mains power terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 Connect these terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 via a no fuse breaker or earth leakage breaker to 3 phase AC power some models to 1 phase AC power for circuit protection It is unnecessary to consider phase sequence It is recommended to add a magnetic contactor MC in the power input wiring to cut off power quickly and reduce malfunction when activating the protection function of AC motor drives Both ends of the MC should have an R C surge absorber Please make sure to fasten the screw of the main circuit terminals to prevent sparks which is made by the loose screws due to vibration W Please use voltage and current within the regulation show
134. Bit3 Reserved Bit4 Enable gain adjustment of position loop KP En Bit 0 0 Pr 10 04 10 07 10 21 10 22 and 11 18 will be valid and Pr 11 02 11 04 and 11 11 are invalid Bit 021 system will generate an ASR setting At this moment Pr 10 04 10 07 10 21 10 22 and Pr 11 18 will be invalid and Pr 11 02 11 04 and 11 11 are valid Bit 120 no function Bit 121 Inertia estimate function is enabled Bit 2 20 no function Bit 221 when frequency command is less than Fmin Pr 01 07 it will use zero servo function NO Estimate inertia value Setting auto gain adjustment Pr 11 00 1 Adjust gain value by manual Pr 11 00 0 factory setting Adjust Pr 11 02 11 03 and 11 11 separately by speed response Adjust Pr 10 04 10 05 10 06 10 07 10 21 and 10 22 Adjust by requirement separatelyby speed response Pr 11 04 PDFF function Adjust by requirement Pr 10 09 for general no need to adjust Adjust by requirement Pr 10 08 ASR1 ASR2 switch frequency Adjust by requirement Pr 07 32 35 torque limit 4 181 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 al PI PI 4 4 Pr 11 11 10 21 1 use to adjust the Kk 34 10 22 A strengthofzero 1 Pr 11 O1value NC I servo lock 2 set Pr 11 00 to bit 0 1 10 04 O 07 o Nt ty H 10 05 nO TOOR pr re C 10 07 5Hz 5Hz 5Hz 5Hz N gt P ZZ i
135. C 5 0mA factory setting indicates thati tis runn ing Multi function contacto utput3 pho toco upler Multi functio n contacto utput4 photocou pler Multi fun ction Photocoup ler O utp ut DigitalF re quency Ou tp ut Te rminal factory setting 1 1 Du ty 50 10VDC DigitalS ignalCommon DF Moutputs ignalselection DFMSwitch Make sure thatp oweris OFF be fore c hanging the switch setting oc m TP RS 4 85 serialcom munication 1 EV 2 GND Forcommunication 3 SG itneedstouse 4 SG VFD USB01 IFD850 0 5 NC toconnectto PC 6 NC Shieldedleads amp C a ble DOUE The brake resistor is builtin to model V FD110V43B 2 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 2 3 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring z 274 Figure 3 Wiring for SINK NPN mode and SOURCE PNP mode SINK NPN Mode 24V Sink FWD STOP 5 6 tHsw REV STOP Source T i 9 9 REV Multi step1 A ES MI1 Multi step2 _ g MI2 Multi step3 Factory T 9 MI3 setting Multi step4 E MI4 No Function ___ e T MI5 No Function Pe g i MI6 Digital Signal Common DCM Don t apply the mains voltage directly e to above terminals EGO SOURCE PNP Mode Sink 24V FWD STOP Hsw o 0 FWD REV STOP Source o 6 REV Multi step1 MI1 Multi step2 _ e O O MI2 Multi step3 _ Factory P
136. Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 6 1 Fault Code Information The AC motor drive has a comprehensive fault diagnostic system that includes several different alarms and fault messages Once a fault is detected the corresponding protective functions will be activated The following faults are displayed as shown on the AC motor drive digital keypad display The six most recent faults can be read from the digital keypad or communication Wait 5 seconds after a fault has been cleared before performing reset via keypad of input terminal 6 1 1 Common Problems and Solutions Fault Name och ocd ocn oc5 Fault Descriptions Over current during acceleration Output current exceeds triple rated current during acceleration Over current during deceleration Output current exceeds triple rated current during deceleration Over current during steady state operation Output current exceeds triple rated current during constant speed Hardware failure in current detection Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Corrective Actions Short circuit at motor output Check for possible poor insulation at the output lines Acceleration Time too short Increase the Acceleration Time AC motor drive output power is too small Replace the AC motor drive with the next higher power model Short circuit at motor output Check for possible poor insulation at the output line Deceleration Ti
137. DB4030 VFDB4045 121 0 4 76 _ 130 0 5 12 80 0 3 15 R3 3 RO 13 LA EH i i d a nih o9 SR T n T ty 5 NJ Appendix B Accessories 72 274 Figure 2 VFDB4132 9 2 7 7 RE p g 1 9 o o g Amma 5 VFDB4132 E i 7 ae 1 7 7 e e H j TETE r eee Se il fi e s i Pinia PIJ an Wael umm l i cz 6 gm g el m 7 5 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 A7 Appendix B Accessories 17 31 B 2 No fuse Circuit Breaker Chart For 3 phase drives the current rating of the breaker shall be within 2 4 times maximum input current rating Refer to Appendix A for rated input current 3 phase Model jo peor ipe Model ZRK JA VFD007V23A 2 10 VFD110V43B 2 50 VFD007V43A 2 5 VFD150V23A 2 125 VFD015V23A 2 15 VFD150V43A 2 60 VFD015V43A 2 10 VFD185V23A 2 150 VFD022V23A 2 30 VFD185V43A 2 7
138. Deviation Unit 0 1 Control epg SVC FOCPG Factory setting 1 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 10 0 sec 4 108 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 5 al KZT m Over Slip Treatment Control VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Warn and keep operation 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Ea Pr 05 26 to Pr 05 28 are used to set allowable slip level time and over slip treatment when the drive is running 0529 A Hunting Gain Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC Factory setting 2000 mode Settings 0 to 10000 0 disable Ea The motor will have current wave motion in some specific area It can improve this situation by setting this parameter When it is high frequency or run with PG Pr 05 29 can be set to 0 when the current wave motion happens in the low frequency please increase Pr 05 29 05 31 Accumulative Motor Operation Time Min Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 00 Settings 00 to1439 Accumulative Motor Operation Time Day Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 00 Settings 00 to 65535 Ea Pr 05 31 and Pr 05 32 are used to record the motor operation time They can be cleared by setting to 00 and time won t be recorded when it is less than 60 seconds 4 109 Chapter 4 Parameters z 274 Group 6 Protection Parameters MEIN w Low Voltage Level Unit 0 1 Conto yr vFpG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 160 0 220 0Vdc Fac
139. EV 11B Change direction Command 2000H 00B 1st accel decel Write only Bi 01B 2nd accel decel it6 7 10B 3rd accel decel 11B 4th accel decel Bit 8 11 Represented 16 step speeds AC drive Parameters Bit 4 5 0 No comm multi step speed or accel decel Bit 12 time 1 Comm multi step speed or accel decel time 4 166 mr Chapter 4 Parameters VZ Content Address Function Bit 13 14 OOB No function 01B operated by digital keypad 02B operated by Pr 00 21 setting 03B change operation source Bit 15 Reserved 2001H Frequency command Bit 0 1 EF external fault on Bit 1 1 Reset WER Bit 2 1 B B ON Bit 3 15 Reserved 2100H Error code refer to Pr 06 17 to Pr 06 22 Status Bit 0 1 FWD command monitor 2119H Bit 1 1 Operation status Read only Bit 2 1 Jog command Bit 3 1 REV command Bit 4 1 REV command Bit 8 1 Master frequency Controlled by communication interface Bit 9 1 Master frequency controlled by analog signal Bi 1 Operation command controlled by it 10 D RUE communication interface Bit 11 1 Parameters have been locked Bit 12 1 enable to copy parameter from keypad Bit 13 15 Reserved 2102H Frequency command F 2103H Output frequency H 2104H Output current AXXX X 2105H DC BUS Voltage UXXX X 2106H Output voltage E
140. Freq Frequency V f Curve MEPA v Accel Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 LEK w Decel Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 EEE w Accel Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 IEEE Decel Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 ELE w Accel Time 3 Unit 0 1 0 01 EFI Decel Time 3 Unit 0 1 0 01 WIECEJ w Accel Time 4 Unit 0 1 0 01 LDE v Decel Time 4 Unit 0 1 0 01 Control vp VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 10 00 10 0 mode Settings 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec JOG Acceleration Time Unit 0 1 0 01 JOG Deceleration Time Unit 0 1 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 1 0 mode Settings 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec L The Acceleration Time is used to determine the time required for the AC motor drive to ramp from 0Hz to Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 L The Deceleration Time is used to determine the time require for the AC motor drive to decelerate from the Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 down to 0Hz B L The Acceleration Deceleration Time is invalid when using Pr 00 13 Optimal Acceleration Deceleration Setting 4 66 mr Chapter 4 Parameters ZZA Ea The Acceleration Deceleration Time 1 2 3 4 are selected according to the Multi function Input Terminals settings See Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 30 for details Ea When enabling torque limit and stall prevention function actual accel decel time will longer than the above action time Frequency 01 00 Max Output Frequency Frequency Setting 1 i r Time acc
141. H Starting data 21H address 02H Number of data 00H count by word 02H CRC CHK Low 6FH CRC CHK High F7H 2 O6H single write write single data to register Example writing data 6000 1770H to register 0100H AMD address is 01H ASCII mode 2102H Y oO Content of address 0 2103H 0 oO T LRC Check Ww CR END LF Response message Address 01H Function 03H Number of data count by byte PAR Content of address 17H 2102H 70H Content of address 00H 2103H 00H CRC CHK Low FEH CRC CHK High 5CH RTU mode Command message STX T T Address ZE 0 Function 6 T Data address v T 7 T Data content T T T LRC Check T CR END LF Command message Address 01H Function 06H 01H Data address 00H Response message STX pj T Address W i id Function 6 T Data address v oO ZE T Data content T T T LRC Check T CR END LF Response message Address 01H Function 06H 01H Data address 00H 4 163 Chapter 4 Parameters V2 57 4 164 17H 17H Data content 70H Data content 70H CRC CHK Low 86H CRC CHK Low 86H CRC CHK High 22H CRC CHK High 22H 3 10H write multiple registers write multiple data to registers Example Set t
142. Half Year One Year Check if the voltage of main circuit and control circuit is Measure with multimeter with standard specification correct L Keypad Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year Is the display clear for reading Visual inspection O Any missing characters Visual inspection O Mechanical parts Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there Sany abnormal seund Visual and aural inspection O or vibration If there are any loose screws Tighten the screws O 6 8 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 77 AY A Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If any part is deformed or Visual inspection o damaged If there is any color change by i overheating Visual inspection O If there is any dust or dirt Visual inspection O Main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Daily Half One Year Year If there are any loose or missing Tighten or replace the screw o screws If machine or insulator is Visual inspection deformed cracked damaged or NOTE Please ignore the color o with color change due to i change of copper plate overheating or ageing If there
143. IG Z1o Digital Signal Common 2105 DCM i HELL incremental encoder EH PLC woe om n n sl ell LI 9 5 c HA VOLS LI Coa iv v1 4 B2 ivi I vat id B2 phase difference is 90 c EMV PGO1X Example It is recommended to set it in TP mode when VFD VE series inputs the pulse i e inputs pulse from PLC or host controller into the A2 A2 B2 and B2 on the PG card of AC motor drive to prevent the signal received interference if using input signal with open collector please use the external power such as PLC power with a pull high resistor B 20 Revision Jul 2014 04 VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1 737 al The best wiring Applicable models EMV PG01X EMV PG010 jumper Brake resistor EMV PGO1L LE d 7i optional No fuse breaker ges 2 B1 B2 RNFBS S GRILA U T1 U s Motor s 0 SIL2 V T2 y M N Ww 3 p T L3 W T3 24V Sh FWD STOP F REV STOP Cees gt REV eee E 7 Multi step 1 MIA MNB i Multi step 2 DCM H Multi step 3 WARE NA ulti i Factory to MI3 f Atel H em setting Multi step 4 b MM B1 i No function LL Mi5 BT i I Line driver No function Mi NZ f igi i eae Digital signal Gomman DCM HELL incremental encoder i 8 0 30Vmax PLC 750 2kW 1 4W Yoo L MIE TP co IBI A2 B2 GNDO 4 B REN OC 5 Types
144. Keypad 1 7N2 ASCII 2 7E1 ASCII 3 701 ASCII 4 7E2 ASCII 5 702 ASCII 6 8N1 ASCII 7 8N2 ASCII 8 8E1 ASCII 9 801 ASCII 10 8E2 ASCII 11 802 ASCII 12 8N1 RTU 13 8N2 RTU 14 8E1 RTU 15 801 RTU 16 8E2 RTU 17 802 RTU w09 09 Response Delay Time 0 0 200 0ms 20 O O w09 10 Transmission Master 0 00 600 00Hz 60 00 O O O Frequency 09 11 Block Transfer 1 0 65535 0 O 09 12 Block Transfer 2 0 65535 0 O w09 13 Block Transfer 3 0 65535 0 O W09 14 Block Transfer 4 0 65535 0 O w09 15 Block Transfer 5 0 65535 0 O w09 16 Block Transfer 6 0 65535 0 O w09 17 Block Transfer 7 0 65535 0 O w09 18 Block Transfer 8 0 65535 0 O w09 19 Block Transfer 9 0 65535 0 O 4 21 a Chapter 4 Parameters 7 3 actor Pr Explanation Settings setting VF w09 20 Block Transfer 10 0 65535 0 O 09 21 Multi function Output 0 65535 Read i Status only 09 22 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O O O O of Analog Output 2 only 09 23 Display Digital Value 0 4095 Read O O O O O of Analog Output 3 only 4 22 Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Factory Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 3 Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 10 00 Encoder Pulse 1 20000 600 O O 10 01 Encoder Input Type 0 Disable 0 O O Setting 1 Phase A leads in a
145. Level of 0 65535 rpm 0 OlOlO O Motor Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters New settings 11 16 for Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 and new parameters 03 21 03 26 Factory Setting Analog Input 1 AVI 0 No function 1 Pr Explanation Settings VF VFPG A 03 00 A 03 01 Analog Input 2 ACI 1 Frequency command torque limit under TQR 0 control mode torque command torque limit under speed mode 0 O 03 02 Analog Input 3 AUI Torque compensation command O O O O O PID target value refer to group 8 O O O P T C thermistor input value O O O Positive torque limit Negative torque limit 2 3 4 5 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 Olojo 6 7 8 9 Regenerative torque limit 10 Positive negative torque limit 11 PID feedback signal of tension O O O 12 Line speed O O O 13 Reel diameter 14 PID target value of tension tension closed C loop 15 Tension setting tension open loop 16 Zero speed tension 17 Tension taper Analog Output Selection 0 Output frequency Hz Frequency command Hz Motor speed Hz Output current rms Output voltage DC Bus Voltage Power factor Power Output torque 9 AVI 10 ACI 11 AUI 12 q axis current 13 q axis feedback value 14 d axis current 15 d axis feedback value 16 q axis voltage 17 d axis volt
146. Me Phot I Photocoupler Refer to Pr 02 13 to Pr 02 14 for programming MO1 MO2 DCM Mea MO1 MO2 i Mo2 Multi function Output 2 m Photocoupler Fok K MCM Internal Circuit Analog voltage Input 10V Impedance 200kQ AVI circuit AWW Resolution 12 bits AVI E Range 0 10VDC 0 Max Output i AVI AE Frequency Pr 01 00 Set up Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 ACM internal circuit Analog current Input Impedance 2500 Lacy AC cirouit Resolution 12 bits AMV Range 4 20mA 0 10V ACI 0 Max Output Frequency Pr 01 00 z Set up Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 Jumper ACI jumper factory setting is ACM internal circuit 4 20mA e Impedance 200kQ a oo og voltage input P utin 12 bits SIGUE Range 10 10VDC AUI 0 Max Output Frequency i B Pr 01 00 Set up Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 2 14 internal circuit Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 1 37 3 Terminal N Factory Settings SINK Terminal Function Symbol ON Connect to DCM Analog output meter Impedance 18 5kQ voltage output 1 1mQ current output a Output current 20mA max gt M Resolution max frequency corresponds to AFM 0 10V ale a Range 0 10V 0 20mA Qa Function Pr 03 18 xx Switch AFM switch factory setting is 0 z 10V acm Analog control signal Common for AVI ACI AUI AFM common Control signal
147. Minimum Equivalent Resistor Value for Each AC Drive the right most column in the table An example of 575V 100HP the min equivalent resistor value for each AC motor drive is 12 50 with 2 brake units connection Therefore the equivalent resistor value for each brake unit should be 250 Please read the wiring information in the user manual of brake unit thoroughly prior to taking into operation Definition for Brake Usage ED Explanation The definition of the barke usage ED is for assurance of enough time for the brake unit and brake resistor to dissipate away heat generated by braking When the brake resistor heats up the resistance would increase with temperature and brake torque would decrease accordingly Suggested cycle time is one minute 100 Braketime ED T1 T0x100 M TO Cycle Time For safety consideration install an overload relay between the brake unit and the brake resistor In conjunction with the magnetic contactor MC prior to the drive it can perform complete protection against abnormality The purpose of installing the thermal overload relay is to protect the brake resistor from damage due to frequent brake or due to brake unit keeping operating resulted from unusual high input voltage Under such circumstance just turn off the power to prevent damaging the brake resistor Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1757 3
148. O O 45 Reset initial reel diameter 1 O O Q t 46 Reset initial reel diameter 2 O O Q O 47 Reset PID control integration of tension O O O 48 Mechanical Gear Ratio Switch O O O 49 Enable Drive O O O O O 50 Reserved Ea This parameter selects the functions for each multi function terminal Ea The terminals of Pr 02 23 Pr 02 27 are virtual and set as MI7 MIB when using with optional card EMV APP01 Ea If Pr 02 00 is set to 3 wire operation control Terminal MI1 is needed for the 3 wire position Therefore MI1 is not allowed for any other operation E Multi function input commands 7 14 are the extension terminals of Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 06 There are 14 terminals but the terminals 7 14 are virtual terminals and you can set the 4 73 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 A Settings Functions status of bit 8 15 of Pr 02 10 to ON or OFF by KPV CE01 or communication Summary of function settings Take the normally open contact for example ON contact is closed OFF contact is open Descriptions 0 No Function Multi step speed 4 74 1 command 1 multi step position command 1 Multi step speed 2 command 2 multi step 15 step speeds could be conducted through the digital statuses position command 2 of the 4 terminals and 17 in total if the master speed and JOG are included Refer to Pr 04 00 04 29 Multi step speed 3 command 3 multi step position command 3 Multi step
149. Speed Search Time FWD Run Output frequency H i Output voltage V B B B B Search with last output frequency downward timing chart 4 124 Output frequency H Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 3 o Input B B signal J Output voltage V outputcurrent Ai 1 07 09 Current Limit for Speed Search Speed gt r F Stop output voltage Disable B B signal g Waiting time 08 07 Speed Search p Synchronization speed detection Time FWD Run gt B B Output current 4 9 Speed search amem a N ye Sree re I i 1 T 3 ue 1 Q Disable B B signal eee enero J 9 r vi Waling fine lr 6 7 08 ii 1 Eu Itt l E Synchronization speed detection Time I i 06 03 2 POZZ poren T Over Current Stall i Prevention during Accel 1 I T i FWD Run D B B B B Search with minimum output frequency upward timing chart 07 09 x Current Limit for Speed Search Unit 1 Control Factory Setting 150 VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 20 to 200 E Following a momentary power loss the AC motor drive will start its speed search operation only if the output current is greater than the value set by Pr 8 07 When the output current is less than the value of Pr 8 07 the AC motor drive output frequency is at speed synchronization poi
150. User can use electrical thermal relay to limit driver s output power LS M Electronic Thermal Characteristic for Motor 1 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 0 Settings 30 0 to 600 0 sec 08 28 X Electronic Thermal Characteristic for Motor 2 Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 0 Settings 30 0 to 600 0 sec Q The parameter is set by the 150 of motor rated current and the setting of Pr 06 14 and Pr 06 28 to prevent the motor damaged from overheating When it reaches the setting it will display EoL1 EoL2 and the motor will be in free running 4 114 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 5 al Operation time min 5 IT 60Hz or more 4 Y 50Hz 3 10Hz j UN 1 Load 0 20 40 60 80100120140160180200 factor 6 A Heat Sink Over heat OH Warning Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 85 0 Settings 0 0 to 110 0 C EZ x Stall Prevention Limit Level Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC Factory Setting 50 mode Settings 0 to 100 refer to Pr 06 03 Pr 06 04 a When operation frequency is larger than Pr 01 01 Pr06 03 150 Pr 06 04 100 and Pr 06 16 80 Stall Prevention Level during acceleration 06 03x06 16 150x80 120 Stall Prevention Level at constant speed 06 04x06 16 100x80 80 Present Fault Record Second Most Recent Fault Record Third Most Recent Fault Record Fourth Recent Fault Record Fifth Most Re
151. VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG w06 01 Over voltage Stall Prevention 0 0 Disable 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault 0 06 18 Second Most Recent Fault Record 1 Over current during acceleration 0 06 19 _ Third Most Recent Fault Record OB dung celerallon 0 06 20 Fourth Most Recent Fault Record ocd 0 06 21 Fifth Most Recent Fault Record 3 Over current during constant speed 0 06 22 Sixth Most Recent Fault Record ocn 0 4 Ground fault GFF 5 IGBT short circuit occ 6 Over curent at stop ocS 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT heat sink over heat 0H1 4 27 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 4 Factory Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Pr Explanation Settings 17 Heat sink over heat 0H2 for 40HP above 18 TH1 open loop error tH10 19 TH2 open loop error tH20 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL 15096 1Min 22 Motor 1 over load EoL1 23 Motor 2 over load EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 25 Fuse error FuSE 26 over torque 1 ot1 27 over torque 1 ot2 28 Insufficient t
152. XXX X 2107H Current step number of Multi Step Speed Operation 2109H Counter value 2116H Multi function display Pr 00 04 211AH Setting frequency F 211BH Max setting frequency 211CH Max output frequency 2200H Feedback Signal XXX XX 96 2203H AVI analog input XXX XX 96 2204H ACI analog input XXX XX 96 2205H AUI analog input XXX XX 96 2206H Display temperature of IGBT C 2207H Display temperature of heatsink C 2208H Digital input status 2209H Digital output status 3 6 Exception response The AC motor drive is expected to return a normal response after receiving command messages from the master device The following depicts the conditions when no normal response is replied to the master device The AC motor drive does not receive the messages due to a communication error thus the AC motor drive has no response The master device will eventually process a timeout condition 4 167 UED UE Lm Chapter 4 Parameters VVZA 4 168 The AC motor drive receives the messages without a communication error but cannot handle them An exception response will be returned to the master device and an error message CExx will be displayed on the keypad of AC motor drive The xx of CExx is a decimal code equal to the exception code that is described below In the exception response the most significant bit of the original command code is set to 1 and an exception code which explains the
153. a s m 9 ow MI3 i ulti ste setting 4 gt mE Kia No Function O MI5 No Function ss MIG DCM Don t apply the mains voltage directly to above terminals EG 2 4 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 1737 33 AN SE 1 The wiring of main circuit and control circuit should be separated to prevent erroneous actions 2 Please use shield wire for the control wiring and not to expose the peeled off net in front of the terminal 3 Please use the shield wire or tube for the power wiring and ground the two ends of the shield wire or tube 2 5 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 7 3 a 2 2 External Wiring Items Explanations Power Supply Power Please follow the specific power supply supply requirements shown in Appendix A O 0 There may be an inrush current FUSE NFB during power up Please check the Q R chart of Appendix B and select the Optional correct fuse with rated current Use of an NFB is optional Magnat Madnete Please do not use a Magnetic SONS ky contactor as the I O switch of the AC motor drive as it will reduce the Optional operating life cycle of the AC drive Used to improve the input power Input AC factor to reduce harmonics and Line Reactor A a provide protection from AC line disturbances surges switching Zero phase Input AC spikes short interruptions etc AC Reactor Line Reactor line reactor should be installe
154. aem 0 O OTlO o Command 13 19 Digital Up command 02 30 Multi Function Input 0 O O O Command 14 20 Digital Down command 21 PID function disabled 22 clear counter 23 input the counter value multi function input command 6 24 FWD JOG command 25 REV JOG command 26 TQC PG FOC PG model selection 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection 28 Emergency stop EF1 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection 30 Signal confirmation for A connection 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 34 Enable multi step position control 35 Enable position control 36 Enable position learning function valid at stop 37 Enable pulse position input command 38 Disable write EEPROM function 39 Torque command direction 40 Force stop 41 Serial position clock 42 Serial position input 43 Analog input resolution selection 44 Reset initial reel diameter 4 30 Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting VF VFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG 45 Reset initial reel diameter 0 46 Reset initial reel diameter 1 47 Reset PID control integration of tension 48 Mechanical gear ratio switch
155. age 18 Torque command 19 Pulse frequency command Analog Output Gain 2 0 200 0 Analog Output Value in 0 Absolute value in REV direction REV Direction 2 1 Output 0V in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Analog Output Gain 3 0 200 0 Analog Output Value in 0 Absolute value in REV direction REV Direction 3 1 Output 0V in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction A 03 18 Analog Output Selection 2 A 03 21 Analog Output 103 24 selection 3 o zfolofalo n AN 03 22 w 03 23 A 03 25 03 26 4 32 Chapter 4 Parameters Group 5 Motor Parameters 7 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 05 00 Motor Auto Tuning 0 No function 0 O O O 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved 05 01 Full load Current of 40 100 HH O O O O Motor 1 w05 02 Rated power of Motor 1 0 655 35 HAH O O 05 03 Rated speed of Motor 1 0 65535 1710 O O O rpm 1710 60Hz 4 poles 1410 50Hz 4 poles Group 6 Protection Parameters New setting 0 for Pr 06 01 new settings 64 65 for Pr 06 17 Pr 06 22 and new parameters 06 32 06 36 Pr Explanation Settings ETE VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TACPG 06 01 Over voltage Stall 0 0 Di
156. arameters VZAT E When the AC motor drive drives the asynchronous motor slip will increase when the load is added This parameter can be used to change frequency lower slip and make the motor be synchronous when running under rated current When the output current is higher than no load current the AC motor drive will adjust frequency by this parameter If the actual speed is slower than expected please increase the setting or decrease the setting EL A Low pass Filter Time of Keypad Display Unit 0 001 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 100 Settings 0 001 to 65 535 Sec I It is used to lower the blinking frequency of LCD display KZ A Low pass Filter Time of PG2 Pulse Input Unit 0 001 co VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 100 Settings 0 000 to 65 535 Sec AA It can be used to stable the speed command when Pr 00 20 is set to 5 and multi function input terminal is set to 37 OFF to regard the pulse command as frequency command E A APR Gain Unit 0 01 Control pocPG Factory Setting 10 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 40 00 Ea It can be used to change the pulse differential when Pr 00 20 is set to 5 multi function input terminal is set to 37 ON and Pr 11 00 is set to bit 0 0 11 19 APR Curve Time Unit 0 01 Control FocpPG Factory Setting 3 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 655 35 sec gq It is valid when the multi function input terminal is set to 35 ON The l
157. arger it is set the longer the position time will be Reserved 4 186 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 57 al Reserved 4 187 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 57 a This page intentionally left blank 4 188 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 5 1 Over Current OC OCA ocd Over current during acceleration Over current during acceleration OC Over current Yes Reduce the load or increase the power of AC motor drive Reduce torque compensation v Remove short circuite 7 Check if there is any short circuits and or ground fault grounding between the U V W and motor la No No AA v If load is too large No No Suitable torque compensation No No has malfunction or error due to noise Please i Yes Reduce torque compensation E x Check if Check i No acceleration time N deceleration time is too short by is too short by load inertia load inertia Yes Yes Maybe AC motor drive Y N Is load changed contact DELTA Increase accel decel Yes Can acceleration Yes time be made longer No Yy suddenly Yes y Can deceleration time be made longer time v No Y drive Reduce load or increase the power of AC motor S a Reduce load or increase the power of AC motor drive
158. back loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF1 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb 63 Slip error OSL 64 Broken belt error bEb 65 Error PID feedback signal of tension tdEv M 06 23 Fault Output Option 1 0 655535 refer to bit table for fault code A 06 24 Fault Output Option 2 0 655535 refer to bit table for fault code A 06 25 Fault Output Option 3 0 655535 refer to bit table for fault code A 06 26 Fault Output Option 4 0 655535 refer to bit table for fault code n oj of o o A 06 27 Electronic Thermal Relay Selection Motor 2 0 Inverter motor 1 Standard motor 2 Disable 4 14
159. be connected to the PG1 of the PG card and 4 149 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 57 3 get the reel diameter from the settings of Pr 08 23 Pr 08 24 Pr 10 01 Pr 10 00 Pr 08 50 and Pr 08 51 En When it is set to 3 the reel diameter can be calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 13 and the corresponding value of 10V is Pr 08 43 the path when Pr 08 42 is setto 1 b Driver lt proximity switch the path when N encoder Pr 08 42 is setto 2 ZN gear ratio Motor Encoder aa Definition of reel diameter e ae 08 51 d A Material Thickness 108 50 Coil number NM Pas A 08 44 Empty reel diameter i s B 08 46 47 48 Initial ree diameter inteediditecHon C 08 54 Current reel diameter D 08 43 Max reel diameter M RKE v Max Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 a VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 6000 0 Settings 1 0 to 6000 0mm EMI v Empty Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 1 to 6000 0mm EHE Source of Reel Diameter Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 46 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 is set to 13 When it is set to 1 the corresponding value of 10V is Pr 08 43 4 150 Chapter 4 Parameters VZV 08 46 M Initial Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 0
160. bit1 is for REV terminal and bit2 to bit15 is for MI1 to MI14 Ea User can change terminal status by communicating For example MI1 is set to 1 multi step speed command 1 MI2 is set to 2 multi step speed command 2 Then the forward and step speed command 1001 binary 9 Decimal Only need to set Pr 02 10 9 by communication and it can forward with 2 step speed It doesn t need to wire any multi function terminal bit15 bit14 bit13 bit12 bit11 bit10 bit9 bite bit7 bit6 bits bit4 bit3 bit2 bit bitO MI14 MI13 MI12 MI11 MI10 MI9 Mie MI7 MI6 MIS MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1 REV FWD Multi function Output 1 RA RB RC Relay1 Factory Setting 11 Multi function Output 2 MRA MRC Relay2 Factory Setting 1 Em Multi function Output 3 MO1 Factory Setting 0 4 82 Chapter 4 Parameters 757 al 02 14 X Multi function Output 4 MO2 Multi function Output 5 MO3 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Factory Setting 0 A Multi function Output 5 6 MO4 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 E Multi function Output 5 7 MO3MO5 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Multi function Output 8 MO6 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Multi function Output 9 MO7 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Multi function Ou
161. brake release brake mechanical brake Time 0232 A Output Current Level Setting for External Terminals Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 100 When output current is higher or equal to Pr 02 32 it will activate multi function output terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 27 When output current is lower than Pr 02 32 it will activate multi function output terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 28 02 33 Output Boundary for External Terminals Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 60 00Hz When output frequency is higher than Pr 02 33 it will activate the multi function terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 29 When output frequency is lower than Pr 02 33 it will activate the multi function terminal Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 30 4 92 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 a 02 34 X External Operation Control Selection after Reset Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Drive runs if run command exists after reset Ea After clearing fault once a fault is detected and the external terminal for RUN keeps ON the drive can run after pressing RESET key LS A Zero speed Level of Motor Unit 1 Control VEPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 65535rpm Ea This parameter should be used with the multi function out
162. cal Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 41029 Load A2 Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 41030 Motor B2 Group 11 Advanced Parameters z Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG bit 0 Auto tuning for ASR and APR 0 O C bit 1 Inertia estimate only for FOCPG mode 11 00 System Control bit 2 Zero Servo bit 3 Reserved Per Unit of System 1 65535 256 1PU 400 O 411 01 inertia 11 02 Low speed Bandwidth 0 40Hz 10 O w 11 03 High speed Bandwidth 0 40Hz 10 C 4 11 04 PDFF Gain Value 0 200976 30 Gain Value of Flux 0 200976 90 11 05 Weakening Curve for Motor 1 Gain Value of Flux 0 200965 90 O O x 11 06 Weakening Curve for Motor 2 14 07 Detection Time for 0 01 600 00 sec 0 20 Ojo Q O cm Phase loss 11 08 Reserved 11 09 Level of Phase loss 0 0 320 0 60 0 9 O O O Speed Feed Forward 0 100 0 x 11 10 Gain w 11 11 Zero speed Bandwidth 0 40Hz 10 O O 14 12 Speed Response of 0 Disable 65 AUE Flux Weakening Area 0 150 11 13 Notch Filter Depth 0 20db 0 O w 11 14 Notch Filter Frequency 0 00 200 00 0 00 O Gain Value of Slip P M 11 15 Compensation 0 00 1 00 1 00 e Low pass Filter Time y Y la O wx 11 16 of Keypad Display 0 001 65 535sec 0 100 9j O O Q Low pass Filter Time m S A 11 17 of PG2 Pulse Input 0 000 65 535sec 0 100 9j e O 11 18 APR Gain 0 00 40 00 10 00 O x 11 19 APR Curve Time 0 00 655 35 sec 3 00 O 11 20 Reserved 11 28 Accumulative i z z 11 29 Operation Time of 0765535 h
163. cal Gear at Motor B1 IPAE w Mechanical Gear at Load A2 AUI 10V accel decel time A 01 12 01 19 AUIOV i Max output frequency ON Max output frequency 4 01 00 AUI 10V 01 00 gt frequency A o ENERO NEIN command i gt E 4 output A R frequency Max frequency for Max frequency for OHz WINdimsfor T resolution switch resolution switch 70 waiting time for Tp 10 25 Pr10 25 Waiting time for switching max switching max resolution frequency 10 24 ON frequency 10 24 switch T MI 43 i forward running reverse running Unit 1 Unit 1 Unit 1 LUKU w Mechanical Gear at Motor B2 Unit 1 Control vFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 100 mode Settings 1 to 65535 Parameters 10 27 to 10 30 can be used with the multi function input terminal set to 48 4 180 to switch to Pr 10 27 10 28 or Pr 10 29 10 30 as shown as follows PG card Driver Gear Gear A1 or A2 B1 or B2 load encoder is used atload side gear ratio Ml 48 ON A2 B2 OFF A1 B1 Motor Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 3 Group 11 Advanced Parameters In this group APR is short for Adjust Position Regulator 11 00 System Control Control mode FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings BitO Auto tuning for ASR and APR Bit1 Inertia estimate only in FOCPG mode Bit2 Zero Servo
164. cent Fault Record Ir MI Sixth Most Recent Fault Record Settings 0 to 65 Factory Setting 0 Settings Control Mode VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No fault O o O O O 1 Over current during acceleration ocA O O O O O 2 Over current during deceleration ocd O O O O O 3 Over current during constant speed ocn O O O O O 4 Ground fault GFF O O O O O 4 115 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 aA Control Mode Settings VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 5 IGBT short circuit occ g O O O O 6 Over curent at stop ocS O O O 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA O O O o 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd O O O o 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn Q Q O O 10 Over voltage at stop ovS O O O D 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA O O O a 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd O O O O 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn O O O C 14 Low voltage at stop LvS O O O Q 15 Phase loss PHL O O O O 16 IGBT over heat oH1 O O O O 17 Heat sink over heat oH2 for 40HP above Q O Ej o 18 TH1 IGBT hardware failure tH10 O O O O 19 TH2 Heat sink hardware failure tH20 O O O O 20 Fan error signal output O O O D 21 over load oL when it exceeds 150 rated current O Oo O O 1 min later it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL1 O O O O 23 El
165. contact is ON the drive will operate by 2nd Vif A connection High torque bias by 91 Pr 07 29 Refer to Pr 07 27 07 31 for details 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 Enable multi ste When the contact is ON the corresponding 15 step speed for 34 p the multi function inputs 1 4 will be 15 positions Refer to Pr 04 4 76 position control 15 to Pr 04 29 Chapter 4 Parameters 72 274 Settings Functions Descriptions speed mode position mode speed mode Run Mi d35 Mi d34 Ml d1 6 ow nn MI d2 0 o o je Ml d3 tow iw a Mi d4 1 iv i4 M output oY YS YS frequency i l 04 11 10 19 04 27 04 26 position multi multi 12th step Home position position speed 13 12 frequency speed mode position mode Run Ml d34 i MI d35 Mi d1 i 4 14 1 MI d2 0 0 0 0 Ml d3 4 if 1T 44 MI 4 q ae ae R Master E frequency Output j z frequency 04 12 13th step 04 27 kir speed multi mu iti frequency position posten 13 12 When the contact is ON the AC motor drive will start to execute re internal position control by Pr 10 19 The decel time of 35 Enable position control citioning is decided by Pr 10 24 and the positioning direction is by the motor direction 4 77 Chapter 4 Parameters
166. ctor to When power capacity is too large line reduce harmonics and provide protection from impedance will be small and the charge AC line disturbances surges switching current will be too large That may damage spikes short interruptions etc AC line AC motor drive due to higher rectifier reactor should be installed when the power temperature supply capacity is 500kVA or more and exceeds 6 times the inverter capacity or the mains wiring distance lt 10m Correct wiring small capacity ia PARY AC motor drive ower ba e reactor P CY CY NV motor AAC K B 14 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 B 5 Zero Phase Reactor RF220X00A Dimensions are in millimeter and inch Appendix B Accessories 1 737 al Recommended Wire Cable Size T Wirin type Qty Method Note Awg mm2 Nominal mm lt 10 lt 53 lt 55 1 id Single Core Diagram lt 2 lt 336 lt 38 4 aa lt 12 lt 33 lt 35 1 gu Three core lt 1 lt 424 lt 50 4 ica Note 600V Insulated unshielded Cable Diagram A Please wind each wire 4 times around the core The reactor must be put at inverter output as close as possible Zero Phase Reactor Power Supply RILI u T1 SIL2 v T2 TA3 WIT3 Diagram B Please put all wires through 4 cores in series without winding Zero Phase Reactor
167. ctory Setting 90 mode Settings 0 to 200 11 06 Gain Value of Flux Weakening Curve for Motor 2 Unit 1 Control Egcpg TQCPG Factory Setting 90 mode Settings 0 to 200 Ea Ea Pr 11 05 is used to adjust the output voltage of flux weakening curve For the spindle application the adjustment method is 1 It is used to adjust the output voltage when exceeding rated frequency 2 Monitor the output voltage 3 Adjust Pr 11 05 motor 1 or Pr 11 06 motor 2 setting to make the output voltage reach motor rated voltage 4 The larger number it is set the larger output voltage you will get 4 183 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 al output torque Flux weakening curve 11 05 or 11 06 100 t 90 gt 01 01 frequency or 01 35 ELS Detection Time for Phase loss Unit 0 01 oid VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 20 Settings 0 01 to 600 00 sec E Level of Phase loss Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 0 Settings 0 0 to 320 0 EL Operation Time of Phase loss Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 65535 hour When the power phase loss occurs and it exceeds the level Pr 11 09 and the detection time Pr 11 07 it will execute the phase loss protection Pr 06 02 The AC motor drive will record the operation time during phase loss in Pr 11 29 Ea If it is set to 0 or a larger number it will short the life of recti
168. d PI gain parameter is correct or adjust decel accel time After the fault is cleared please trial run again Check if the output current is normal When changing frequency command check if the output current is increased or decreased abnormally If it is abnormal please check if Pr 10 00 and Pr 10 27 Pr 10 28 are correct Changing the rotation direction of the motor Adjust the rotation direction of the motor to ensure that it can run in all the rotation directions Increase the frequency command Check if the output current frequency and motor actual speed it can set Pr 00 04 7 during operation is normal in different commands Finish trial run If the results of trial run are normal the trial run in FOCPG mode is completed Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 3 3 2 4 Step 4 Inertia estimate W Check if the load and motor are connected correctly m Adjust accel decel time The setting of accel decel time Pr 01 12 Pr 01 13 can be lessened when the current voltage is within specification no fault code over current voltage occurs Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 17 37 33 Pr 01 12 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec Accel Time 1 Pr 01 13 0 00 600 00 sec 0 00 6000 0 sec Decel Time 1 NOTE The accel time is the time that needs for drive to accelerate from 0 0Hz to max operation frequency Pr 1 00 The decel tome is the time that needs for drive to decelerate from max
169. d when the allowance error of tension PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 63 setting and allowance error detection time exceeds Pr 08 64 setting gt HY7 A Corrective Actions Check if the belt is broken Check the settings of Pr 08 60 Pr 08 62 and Pr 08 63 Check if the PID feedback is correct Check if the material is broken Check the settings of Pr 08 63 and Pr 08 64 There are three methods to reset the AC motor drive after solving the fault STOP 1 Press WSP key on KPV CE01 2 Set external terminal to RESET set one of Pr 02 01 Pr 02 06 Pr 02 23 Pr 02 30 to 5 and then set to be ON 3 Send RESET command by communication gt Ira Make sure that RUN command or signal is OFF before executing RESET to prevent damage or personal injury due to immediate operation Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 17 i a 6 2 Maintenance and Inspections Modern AC motor drives are based on solid state electronics technology Preventive maintenance is required to operate this AC motor drive in its optimal condition and to ensure a long life It is recommended to have a check up of the AC motor drive performed by a qualified technician Daily Inspection Basic check up items to detect if there were any abnormalities during operation are Whether the motors are operating as expected Whether the installation environment is abnormal Whether the cooling s
170. d Code for Information Interchange or RTU Remote Terminal Unit Users can select the desired mode along with the serial port communication protocol in Pr 09 04 Code Description ASCII mode Each 8 bit data is the combination of two ASCII characters For example a 1 byte data 64 Hex shown as 64 in ASCII consists of 6 36Hex and 4 34Hex Character 0 2 3 4 5 e T ASCII code 30H 31H 32H 33H 34H 35H 36H 37H Character 8 9 A B C D E F ASCII code 38H 39H 41H 42H 43H 44H 45H 46H 4 160 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 3 RTU mode Each 8 bit data is the combination of two 4 bit hexadecimal characters For example 64 Hex Ea 2 Data Format 10 bit character frame For ASCII 7 N 2 Start 9 5 i y 6 Stop Stop ibit ibit amp 7 bit character gt 4 10 bit character frame 7 E 1 0 112 3 4 5 6 Een Stop i i i i parity bit i amp 7 bit character i 4 10 bit character frame 7 0 1 Start i i i i Odd Stop 7 12 4 Bud 0 i 3 5 6 parity bit amp 7 bit character vi X 10 bit character frame 11 bit character frame For RTU 8 N 2 2 a 4 5 6 7 Stop Stop lt 8 bit character
171. d Operation and Start Up VZV 3 1 2 How to Operate the Digital Keypad KPV CE01 Selection mode START F nan nnn nn TD ER ER NIS ES wop amp KS mop KS mob NOTE In the selection mode press Page to set the parameters To set parameters Seals LULU a e mina T parameter set successfully Ui gt EINE 7 N ROG o Ao an ORs ie DATA ei to parameter set error ES mop move to previous display NOTE In the parameter setting mode you can press S MoDE to return to the selection mode To shift cursor START To modify data START 3 3 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up c2 V To copy parameters 1 Copy parameters from the AC Motor Drive to the KPV CE01 about 2 3 seconds HEER WTB CED start blinking It will display End to indicate that the first parameter is saved then return to EAdO iso IRs Wot KZ Grp gt GZED start blinking It will display End to indicate that the second parameter is saved then return to rEAd1 NNN TENET EJ gt i HH gt GH gt about 2 3 seconds To copy parameters 2 Copy parameters from the KPV CE01 to the AC Motor Drive End It will display End to indicate that the first parameter is saved then return to SAvEv gt gt EFR MTA isg start blinking It will display End to indicate that about 2 3 seconds the second parameter is saved then return to SAvEv start
172. d of Motor 2 0 65535 1710 O O O O rpm 05 16 Number of Motor Poles 2 2 20 4 O O O 05 17 No load Current of Motor 0 factory setting of Pr 05 01 HAH O O 2 A 05 18 Stator Resistance Rs of 0 65 5350 HHHH Q O O Motor 2 05 19 Rotor Resistance Rr of 0 65 535Q HHHH O O O Motor 2 05 20 Magnetizing Inductance 0 6553 5mH O O O Lm of Motor 2 05 21 Stator Inductance Lx of 0 6553 5mH O O O Motor 2 w05 22 Torque Compensation 0 001 10 000sec 0 020 O O Time Constant w05 23 Slip Compensation Time 0 001 10 000sec 0 100 O e Constant 05 24 Torque Compensation 0 10 0 O O Gain w05 25 Slip Compensation Gain 0 00 10 00 0 00 O Q 05 26 Slip Deviation Level 0 1000 0 disable 0 O O w05 27 Detection Time of Slip 0 0 10 0 sec 1 0 O O Deviation 05 28 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O O O Over Slip Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop 05 29 Hunting Gain 0 10000 0 disable 2000 O w 05 30 Delay Time for Y 0 60 000 sec 0 200 O O connection A connection 05 31 Accumulative Motor 00 1439 0 O O O O Operation Time Min 05 32 Accumulative Motor 00 65535 0 O O O O 4 12 Operation Time day Group 6 Protection Parameters Factory Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 a Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 06 00 Low Voltage Level 160 0 220 0V
173. d when Optional the power supply capacity is 500kVA or more or advanced capacity is activated The wiring distance should be lt 10m Refer to appendix B for details Zero phase reactors are used to EMI Filter Break resistor RIL1 Sa 3 Zero phase reduce radio noise especially when gt 3 Reactor audio equipment is installed near the 2 3x5 Ferrite Core inverter Effective for noise reduction 58 Common on both the input and output sides Choke Attenuation quality is good for a wide Optional range from AM band to 10MHz Appendix B specifies the zero phase reactor RF220X00A EMI filter To reduce electromagnetic Zero phase Optional interference please refer to Appendix Reactor B for more details cQ OutputAC Brake Used to reduce the deceleration time Line Reactor Resistor of the motor Please refer to the chart Optional in Appendix B for specific Brake Resistors Motor surge voltage amplitude FS M depends on motor cable length For Optional applications with long motor cable gt 20m it is necessary to install a reactor at the inverter output side 2 6 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 1737 33 2 3 Main Circuit 2 3 1 Main Circuit Connection Figure 1 for the main terminals 5555 Brakeresistor Optional No fuse breaker iran A E PER MC 1 2 B1
174. dc 180 0 O O 320 0 440 0Vdc 360 0 w06 01 Over voltage Stall 0 0 Disable Prevention 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 06 02 Phase loss Protection 0 Warn and keep operation 0 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Over current Stall 00 250 100 drive s rated current 170 O O 06 03 f A Prevention during Acceleration Over current Stall 00 250 100 drive s rated current 170 O O Q 06 04 Prevention during Operation w06 05 Accel Decel Time 0 by current accel decel time 0 O O O Selection of Stall 1 by the 1st accel decel time Prevention at constant 2 by the 2nd accel decel time speed 3 by the 3rd accel decel time 4 by the 4th accel decel time 5 by auto accel decel time w06 06 Over torque Detection 0 disable 0 I O O O 5 Selection OT1 1 over torque detection during constant speed operation continue to operate after detection 2 over torque detection during constant speed operation stop operation after detection 3 over torque detection during operation continue to operate after detection 4 over torque detection during operation stop operation after detection Over torque Detection 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O O 9 O 06 07 Level OT1 Over torque Detection 0 0 60 0 sec 0 1 O O O O 106 08 iine 0T1 w06 09 Over torque Detection 0 disable 0 O O im O Selection OT2 1 over torque detection during constant speed operation continue to operate after detection 2 over torque detection du
175. ds 3 00 O Oo O Start 08 59 Broken Belt Detection 0 Disable 0 O O O O 1 Enable 08 60 Min Line Speed of 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0 O O O O Broken Belt Detection 08 61 Allowance Error of Line 1 0 6000 0mm 10 0 O OJO O Speed of Broken Belt Detection 08 62 Detection Time of 0 00 100 00 sec 1 00 O O O O Broken Belt 08 63 Allowance Error Level 0 100 100 O O of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback 03 64 Allowance Error 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 O O O O Detection Time of Tension PID Feedback 08 65 Error Treatment of 0 Warn and keep operation 0 Olojo O Tension PID Feedback 1 Warn and coast to stop 2 Warn and ramp to stop 08 66 UPper Limit of Tension 0 0 100 0 100 0 O O O O O PID Feedback 08 67 Lower Limit of Tension 0 0 100 0 0 0 Ol O O O PID Feedback 08 68 Reserved 08 69 DFM Selection 0 Output frequency 0 OGT O O O 1 Frequency command 08 70 Low pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 sec 0 00 O O O O O Line Speed 08 71 Reserved 08 75 08 76 Source of Tension 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 78 0 O Setting 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 tension setting Pr 08 78 08 77 Max Tension 0 30000 N 5 08 78 Tension Setting 0 30000 N 08 79 Source of Zero speed 0 Disable Tension Setting ommunication RS 485 Pr 08 80 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 16 zero speed tension Pr 08 80 08 80 Setting of Zero speed 0 30000 N 0 Tension 08 81 Source of Tension 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 82 0 Taper 1 Analog input Pr 0
176. e SEE w COM2 Transmission Fault Treatment Keypad Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 3 Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop 3 No warning and keep operating Ea This parameter is set to how to react if transmission errors occur 4 169 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 A COM2 Time out Detection Keypad Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 100 0 sec Ca If Pr 09 03 is not equal to 0 0 Pr 09 02 0 2 and there is no communication on the bus during the Time Out detection period set by Pr 09 03 cE10 will be shown on the keypad CJ A COM2 Communication Protocol Keypad Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 13 Settings Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 1 gt 0 1 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 N 2 gt 2 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 1 gt 3 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 1 gt 4 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 E 2 gt 5 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 7 0 2 gt 6 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt 7 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 N 2 gt 8 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 9 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 1 gt 10 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 11 Modbus ASCII mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt 12 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 1 gt 13 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 N 2 gt 14 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 1 gt 15 Modbus RTU mode pr
177. e run status AC motor drive Motor speed will stops outputting decrease frequency Pr 05 30 Delay Time forY connection4 by load inertia i D connection Min is 0 2 seconds i Y connection output Pr 02 11 14 31 Y conenction Pr 02 11 14 29 confirmation input A connection output Pr 02 11 14 32 t A connection ON i on i confirmation input Pr 02 11 14 30 F mechanical bounce time 4 105 Chapter 4 Parameters 72727 al free run status output Vita Oa frequency gt Y connection output v Pr 02 11 14 31 ON Y connection I confirmation input ON Pr 02 01 06 29 A connection output Pr 02 11 14 32 connection AN l l l l confirmation input Pr 02 01 06 30 Y A switch error frequenc gt t gt I i 2seconds delay time Pr 05 30 Full load Current of Motor 2 A Unit Amp Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting Settings 40 to 120 This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate The factory setting is 90 X rated current Example The rated current for 7 5HP 5 5kW is 25 and factory setting is 22 5A The range for setting will be 10 30A 25 40 10 and 25 120 30 X Rated Power of Motor 2 kW Unit 0 01 Control SVC FOCPG TQcPG Factory setting mode Settings 0 to
178. e value specified by Pr 06 03 due to rapid acceleration or excessive load on the motor When this function is enabled the AC drive will stop accelerating and keep the output frequency constant until the current drops below the maximum value 06 03 Over Current Detection Level current EEEE EEE TODWORAC Output Frequency 1Over Currenf Stal iprevention during Acceleration i frequency hell X m time actual acceleration time when over current stall prevention is enabled 06 04 X Over current Stall Prevention during Operation Unit 1 Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 170 mode Settings 00 to 250 100 drive s rated current Ea If the output current exceeds the setting specified in Pr 06 04 when the drive is operating the drive will decrease its output frequency to prevent the motor stall If the output current is lower than the setting specified in Pr 06 04 the drive will accelerate again to catch up with the set frequency command value 4 111 Chapter 4 Parameters 72 274 Over Current Stall Prevention during Operation output frequency decrease Output Current Over Current Detection Level 06 04 Output Frequency Time over current stall prevention during operation EJ M Accel Decel Time Selection of Stall Prevention at Constant Speed Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 0 mode Settings by current accel decel time by the 1 accel decel time by the 2
179. e 3 for wiring 4 Multi step 3 so MI3 of SINK mode and Multi step 4 i MI SOURCEmpde T No function E f ty MI o function E 5 MI6 Digital Signal Common lt pont ee DCM Don t apply the mains voltage directly I AS to above terminals L ES I ACI current voltage selection D 10V Operate from ACI Switch 3 Power supply external signal Make sure that power is OFF bd AVI 20mA i i SK 4 1 parore changing the switch 42 Master Frequency 2 1 Oto 10V 47ka 0 20mA Em 7 0 10V ACI 4 20mA 0 10V AUI 10 10V i ACM wo I Analog Signal Common Analog Multi function Output Terminal E AFM analog outputselection _ AFM 0 10VDC 2mA AFM Switch rt Make sure that power is OFF ACM before changing the switch setting e nd Signal common 0 10V E 71 0 20mA Main circuit power terminals Control circuit terminals Shielded leads amp Cable Operate from Please refer to the communication address 2000H and 2119H settings in the communication communication address definition 3 6 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 17 37 33 3 2 Tuning Operations 3 2 1 Flow Chart Take motor 1 as example Reset all parameter to factory setting Pr 00 02 Setting the related information of IM motor Pr 01 00 01 02 I Pr 05 01 05 04 aa Step 2 Motor tuning
180. e 3 wire Operation Control Control yc yrpg svc mode Settings 0 1 2 3 4 5 FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 FWD STOP REV STOP FWD STOP REV STOP Line Start Lockout RUN STOP REV FWD RUN STOP REV FWD Line Start Lockout 3 wire momentary push button 3 wire momentary push button and Line Start Lockout Ea Three of the six methods include a Line Start Lockout feature When line start lockout is enabled the drive will not run once applying the power The Line Start Lockout feature doesn t guarantee the motor will never start under this condition It is possible the motor may be set in motion by a malfunctioning switch 02 00 Control Circuits of the External Terminal 0 1 2 wire operation control 1 FWD STOP FWD OPEN STOP CLOSE FWD FWD STOP REV STOP Ba REV COPEN ETOP CLOSE REV REV STOP m FWD OPEN STOP 2 wire operation control 2 pe ACE RUN RUN STOP 58 REV OPEN FWD BSE CLOSE REV REV FWD 4 5 3 wire operation control FWD CLOSE RUN MI1 OPEN STOP REV FWD OPEN FWD CLOSE REV DCM 0201 Multi Function Input Command 1 MI1 Factory Setting 1 ETE Multi Function Input Command 2 MI2 Factory Setting 2 02 03 Multi Function Input Command 3 MI3 Factory Setting 3 4 71 rm WT Chapter 4 Parameters 7 2 Multi Function Input Command 4 MI4 Factory Setting
181. e Command Unit 0 1 Control TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 100 0 to 100 0 Pr 07 22 setting 100 5 BA This parameter is torque command When Pr 07 22 is 250 and Pr 07 20 is 100 the actual torque command 250 X100 X motor rated torque E The drive will record the setting before power off A Torque Command Source Control T CcPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Digital keypad 1 RS485 serial communication RJ 11 2 Analog signal Pr 03 00 a When Pr 07 21 is set to 0 the torque command can be set in Pr 07 20 E When Pr 07 21 is set to 1 or 2 Pr 07 20 is used to display torque command KZI Maximum Torque Command Unit 1 Control TQCPG Factory Setting 100 mode Settings 0 to 500 This parameter is for the max torque command motor rated torque is 100 M According to the formula of motor rated torque T N M P where P is W rad s Pr 05 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM 41 5 60 x 27 07 23 m Filter Time of Torque Command Unit 0 001 Contro T cPG Factory Setting 0 000 mode Settings 0 000 to 1 000 sec LU When the setting is too long the control will be stable but the control response will be delay When the setting is too short the response will be quickly but the control maybe unstable User can adjust the setting by the control and response situation 4 130 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 3 07 24 Speed Limit Selecti
182. e JOG frequency operation MODE Selection Key Press this key to view different operating values Parameter Unit Key Enable the keypad it can determine the source of moves cursor to the left RUN STOP Value Modification Key Right Key Used on the modification for FWD PROG Moves the cursor right settings and parameters REV v DATA FWD REV Direction Key _ Left Key REV oun PROGIDATA STOP Used to enter programming parameters RUN RISE STOPIRESET RUN key Display Message Descriptions Displays the AC drive Master Frequency Displays the actual output frequency present at terminals U T1 V T2 and WIT3 User defined unit where U F x Pr 00 05 Displays the output current present at terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 The counter value C Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 3 1 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up A Display Message Descriptions Displays the selected parameter Displays the actual stored value of the selected parameter External Fault Display End for approximately 1 second if input has been accepted by pressing DATA key After a parameter value has been set the new value is automatically stored in memory To modify an entry use the A v and Al eye Display Err if the input is invalid Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 3 Digital Keypa
183. e motor rated torque is 100 L According to the formula of motor rated torque T NM P o whereP o is W rad s Pr 05 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM _ 2 5 60x27 A Forward Motor Torque Limit Unit 1 A Forward Regenerative Torque Limit Unit 1 x Reverse Motor Torque Limit Unit 1 x Reverse Regenerative Torque Limit Unit 1 Control FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 200 mode Settings 0 to 500 a The motor rated torque is 100 The settings for Pr 07 32 to Pr 07 35 will compare with Pr 03 00 7 8 9 10 The minimum of the comparison result will be torque limit as shown in the following figure p i P According to the formula of motor rated torque T N M 0 where P is E W rad s Pr 05 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM 60x27 rad s 4 133 Chapter 4 Parameters 757 a Positive torque Reverse refenerative mode 06 12 current limit Pr 07 35 Reverse regenerative torque limit Pr 07 34 Reverse motor torque limit 06 12 current limit Reverse motor mode Negative torque Forward motor mode 06 12 current limit The level oftorque limit will be the min value of following three values 1 torque limit of Pr 07 32 to Pr 07 35 2 Torque limit of external analog terminals AVI ACI and AUI 3 Pr 06 12 currentlimit Pr 07 32 Forward motor torque limit fre quency command Pr 07 33 Forward regenerative torque limit 06 12 current limit Forward regenerative mode Emergency Stop
184. e operation direction is forward 26 Reverse Command Active when the operation direction is reverse Output when Current gt zaa 27 Pr 02 32 Active when current is gt Pr 02 32 Output when Current lt A 28 Pr 02 32 Active when current is lt Pr 02 32 Output when frequency m 29 Pr 02 33 Active when frequency is gt Pr 02 33 Output when Frequency 30 lt Pr 02 33 Active when frequency is lt Pr 02 33 31 Y connection for the Active when PR 05 12 is less than PR 05 11 and time is more Motor Coil than Pr 05 30 32 A connection for the Active when PR 05 12 is higher than PR 05 11 and time is Motor Coil more than Pr 05 30 33 Zero Speed actual Active when the actual output frequency is 0 the drive should output frequency be at RUN mode Zero Speed with Stop 34 actual output Active when the actual output frequency is 0 or Stop frequency Error Output Selection 1 35 Pr 06 23 Active when Pr 06 23 is ON Error Output Selection 2 36 Pr 06 24 Active when Pr 06 24 is ON Error Output Selection 3 37 Pr 06 25 Active when Pr 06 25 is ON Error Output Selection 4 r 38 Pr 06 26 Active when Pr 06 26 is ON ud Position Attained Active when the PG position control point reaches Pr 10 19 Pr 10 19 40 Speed Attained Active when the output frequency reaches frequency setting or including zero speed stop Chapter 4 Parameters 17 57 Al Settings Functions Descriptions User
185. e the Digital Keypad KPV CEQ01 3 3 3 1 3 Dimension of the Digital Keypad se 3 5 3 1 4 Reference Table for the LCD Display of the Digital Keypad 3 5 3 1 5 Operation Method sssesseee em 3 6 3 2 TUNING Operations iip cipe tc editieren nha 3 7 3 2 1 Flow Charter es 2 totom eit iter po crt rete dete e Miana 3 7 3 2 2 Explanations for the Tuning Steps sseeeesees 3 10 3 9 2 1 Step Lasy ta SEGA D pO eng 3 10 3 3 2 2 Slep 2 eiut ite n Ho dene teet pee 3 11 3 3 2 3 Slp 9 idee nie inre A eee 3 12 3 39 24 Step 4 cod eser tede eue 3 13 Chapter 4 Parameters aa a lee 4 1 4 1 Summary of Parameter Settings seen 4 2 4 2 Version DiTferences icc tie pe dpt d A etate 4 26 4 2 Version 2 02 etude penne t PE e e PAS M eid 4 26 4 2 2 Versioni2 04 iiem bre e ee e eus 4 29 472 3 Versioni2 05 eei ei ERR RATHER GT LA 4 38 4 3 Description of Parameter Settings seeeeees 4 47 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting eene 5 1 5 1 Over Current OC e ee eee a aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa nnne 5 1 5 2 Ground Faullt cccccsscsscsscccsccssceseessecnccuscessessecuscesessscssueeuceseeseesuees 5 2 5 3 Over Voltage OV tto O PE cree Te inde IR REUS 5 2 5 4A Eow Voltage LV 14352 ooi dere ete dee n ed pede onte a 5 3 5 5 Over Heat oH
186. e vn Variable Torque A El Maximum Output Voltage V 3 phase Proportional to Input Voltage e Output Frequency Hz 0 00 600 00 Hz 3 phase 380 480V Rated Input Current A 4 0 5 8 7 4 9 9 12 17 25 27 35 42 56 67 87 101 122 Rated Voltage 3 phase 380 to 480 V Voltage Tolerance 10 342 528 V Frequency Tolerance 5 47 63 Hz Cooling Method Fan Cooled Input Rating Fano wart s Tess T Te Do EST T T TIS Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 A 1 A7 Appendix A Specifications 17 3 General Specifications Control System 1 Vif curve 2 V f PG 3 SVC 4 FOC PG 5 TQR PG Start Torque Starting torque is 15096 at 0 5Hz and OHz with FOC PG control mode Speed Control Range 1 100 Sensorless vector up to 1 1000 when using PG card Speed Control Resolution 0 596 Sensorless vector up to 0 02 when using PG card Speed Response Ability 5Hz up to 30Hz for vector control Max Output Frequency 0 00 to 600 00Hz Output Frequency Accuracy Digital command 0 005 analog command 0 5 Frequency Setting Digital command 0 01Hz analog command 1 4096 12 bit of the max output Resolution frequency Torque Limit Max is 200 torque current Control Characteristics Torque Accuracy 5 Accel Decel Time 0 00 to 600 00 0 0 to 6000 0 seconds V f Curve Adjustable V f curve using 4 independent points and square curve Frequency Setting Signal 10V 4 20mA pulse input Brake Torque
187. ear 2007 Production factory T Taoyuan W Wujian Model 230V 3 phase 5HP 3 7kW If the nameplate information does not correspond to your purchase order or if there are any problems please contact your distributor 1 1 4 Drive Frames and Appearances 1 5HP 0 75 3 7kW Frame B 7 5 15HP 5 5 11kW Frame C Chapter 1 Introduction 7 27 4 15 30HP 11 22kW Frame D 40 100HP 30 75kW Frame E 2 i i A NU LA Frame Power range Models VFD007V23A 43A 2 VFD015V23A 43A 2 B B1 1 3hp 0 75 2 2kW VEDO22V23AJ43A 2 B B2 5hp 3 7kW VFD037V23A 43A 2 C 7 5 15hp 5 5 11kW VFDO55V23A 43A 2 VFD075V23A 43A 2 VFD110V43B 2 VFD110V23A 43A 2 VFD150V23A 43A 2 D 15 30hp 11 22kW y D185V23A 43A 2 VFD220V23A 43A 2 E E1 40 60hp 30 45kW VFD300V43A 2 VFD370V43A 2 VFD450V43A 2 VFD300V23A 2 VFD370V23A 2 VFD550V43C 2 E E2 40 100hp 30 75kW VEDZ50V43C 2 U lease refer to Chapter 1 3 for exact dimensions 1 2 Preparation for Installation and Wiring 1 2 1 Ambient Conditions Install the AC motor drive in an environment with the following conditions 1 4 Chapter 1 Introduction 2 274 1 2 Preparation for Installation and Wiring 1 2 1 Ambient Conditions Insta
188. echanical Gear B at Motor Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 100 Settings 1 to 65535 Ea Pr 08 23 and Pr 08 24 are only for tension control mode applied in tension control mode Drive rewind unwind i GearA GearB Motor reel Gear ratio A B 08 25 Source of the Tension Command Line Speed Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Parameter setting Pr 08 26 1 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 26 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 14 PID target value of tension 03 00 03 02 12 line speed Ea When it is set to 0 it can adjust Pr 08 26 setting PID Target Value of Tension Line Speed by the digital keypad 4 144 Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Ea When it is set to 1 it can adjust Pr 08 26 setting PID Target Value of Tension Line Speed by the communication Ea When it is set to 2 the source of tension command is the external analog input terminals Pr 03 00 03 02 When Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 14 PID target value of tension Pr 08 26 will display the PID target value of tension Ea When it is set to 2 the source of tension command is the external analog input terminals Pr 03 00 03 02 When Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 12 line speed Pr 08 26 will display the PID target value of line speed 08 26 A PID Target Value of Tension Line Speed Unit 0 1 pawia VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 50 0 Settings 0 0 to 100 096 En The setting range 0
189. ectronics thermal relay 2 EoL2 O O O O 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 O C O O 25 Fuse error FuSE O e O O 26 over torque 1 ot1 O O O O O 27 over torque 1 ot2 O O O O 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF 1 O O 31 Memory read out error cF2 O O 32 Isum current detection error cdO O C 33 U phase current detection error cd1 O O 34 V phase current detection error cd2 D 35 W phase current detection error cd3 O O 36 Clamp current detection error HdO OQ O 37 Over current detection error Hd1 O C O 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 O C O 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 O 40 Auto tuning error AuE O 41 PID feedback loss AFE O O 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 O O 47 PG ref loss PGr2 O O 48 Analog current input loss ACE O O 49 External fault input EF O C 2 50 Emergency stop EF1 O O 51 External Base Block B B O O O 52 Password error PcodE O O O 5 53 Reserved 54 Communication error cE1 O O O 55 Communication error cE2 O O D 4 116 Chapter 4 Parameters 17237 Control Mode Settings VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 56 Communication error cE3 O O O O O 57 Communication error cE4 O 58 Communication Time out cE10 O 59 PU time out cP10 O 60 Brake transistor error bF O O 61
190. eds to set the COM1 communication protocol to RTU mode 8 N 1 i e set Pr 09 04 to 12 no matter what the baud rate switch is set Communication High Low baud rate switch indicator Power indicator i EMV APPO1 2 40 HOw e 2 55 555g 885555558 6B RS485 port Multi function Multi function Analog signal common input terminals output terminals Analog output Multi function Output power terminals output common terminal PMA Please operate by the following steps for switching the high low baud rate 1 make sure that RS 485 cable is disconnected before operation 2 switch the high low baud rate 3 set Pr 09 01 to the corresponding baud rate to finish setting If the RS 485 cable is connected before changing the high low baud rate the communication function will still be invalid even if the communication baud rate Pr 09 01 is changed to the corresponding baud rate and the ERROR indicator is normal Terminals Description POWER Power indicator It will be ON when EMV APPO1 connects to the AC motor drive correctly ERROR indicator It will be ON when EMV APP01 can communicate with the AC ERROR motor drive or it will blink Baud rate switch for extension card HIGH LOW HIGH set the baud rate to 115200 LOW set the baud rate to 9600 B 41 Appendix B Accessories 72 274 Terminals Description 5V Output power 500mA Max GND
191. el timer 14 decel time bi 1 1 1 01 12 14 16 18 20 01 13 15 17 19 21 Accel Decel Time KEJ A JOG Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 6 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea Both external terminal JOG and key JOG on the keypad can be used When the jog command is ON the AC motor drive will accelerate from 0Hz to jog frequency Pr 01 22 When the jog command is OFF the AC motor drive will decelerate from Jog Frequency to zero The used Accel Decel time is set by the Jog Accel Decel time Pr 01 20 Pr 01 21 Ea The JOG command can t be executed when the AC motor drive is running In the same way when the JOG command is executing other operation commands are invalid except forward reverse commands and STOP key on the digital keypad 0123 m 1st 4th Accel decel Frequency Unit 0 01 pim VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea This parameter selects the frequency point for transition from acceleration deceleration time 1 to acceleration deceleration time 4 Ea The transition from acceleration deceleration time 1 to acceleration deceleration time 4 may also be enabled by the external terminals Pr 02 01 to 02 08 The external terminal has priority over Pr 01 23 4 67 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 A Frequency 1stAcceleration Time 1st Deceleration Time ZE m dirt DER EIDIL M 1st 4th Acceleration Deceleration Freq 4t
192. ence Do not run control wires parallel to any high voltage AC power line 200 V and above b Recommended wire size 0 21 to 0 81mm AWG24 to AWG18 3 Wire length wire length and signal frequency are in inverse proportion Types Use Maximum Wire Length Wire Gauge Generators Output Voltage 50m Open Collector 50m Line Driver 1 25mm AWG16 or above 300m Complementary 70m B 23 Appendix B Accessories 77 3 a 4 Basic Wiring Diagram wiring 1 jumper No fuse breaker c A Ro 82 sdb NFB 5 R RIL1 U T1 _ d AO S L2 VIT2 To oO TLB WIT3 FWD STOP Ed eo SEM FWD ere 15 REV uli step 1 __ iid MH PERETE Factory A Da VP setting Multi step2 tt MI2 DCM I Multi step 3 Ld MI3 M d Multi step 4 EN I MIA M s Nofunetion a I MI5 B1 j No function I MIG Bi e Digital Signal Common DCM Z1 I I zi manualpulsegenerator i 1 1 1 B 24 EMV PG010 Brake resistor optional U V Sd w 3 HO PG 7 Line driver incremental encoder Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1737 3 wiring 2 jumper Brake resis tor optional NS No fuse breaker A NEB 41 2B1 B2 U R PILI UT1 y Motor s SIL V T2 x M T T3 WIT3
193. endix B Accessories ZZA B 9 1 Dimensions Dimensions are in millimeter and inch Order P N RF015B21AA RF022B43AA 50 118 1 97 90 226 226 239 8 9 8 9 9 4 z R a FOR oes 0 Il l Les B 34 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1 737 Al Order P N RF022B21BA RF037B43BA 15 B 35 Appendix B Accessories 7 37 al Order P N RF110B43CA EDT s N N a 382 20 B 36 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 L E Appendix B Accessories 17 37 al Order P N 10TDT1W4C 2 4X x N s0 gt M pus E L al 5 2 5 T a 7 ce OD Mi IT m H Cx 7 Order P N 26TDT1W4C T H H 1 FS F 4 R45 4 0 28 0 4x r 4 NIT mr 1 04
194. er Time of ASR Output Unit 0 001 Control rocpG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 008 mode Settings 0 000 to 0 350 sec Ea It defines the filter time of the ASR command 4 175 AT Chapter 4 Parameters 17 8 A Encoder Stall Level Unit 1 Control VEPG FOCPG Factory Setting 115 mode Settings 0 to 120 0 disable Ea This parameter determines the maximum encoder feedback signal allowed before a fault occurs max output frequency Pr 01 00 210095 KU A Encoder Stall Detection Time Unit 0 1 Control vEPG FOCPG Factory Setting 0 1 mode Settings 0 0 to 2 0 sec EZ Encoder Slip Range Unit 1 Control VEPG FOCPG Factory Setting 50 mode Settings 0 to 50 0 disable KJ X Encoder Slip Detection Time Unit 0 1 Control vEPG FOCPG Factory Setting 0 5 mode Settings 0 0 to 10 0 sec KZ Encoder Stall and Slip Error Treatment Control VEPG FOCPG Factory Setting 2 mode Settings 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop When the value of rotation speed motor frequency exceeds Pr 10 12 setting detection time exceeds Pr 10 13 or motor frequency exceeds Pr 10 10 setting it will start to accumulate time If detection time exceeds Pr 10 11 the encoder feedback signal error will occur Refer to Pr 10 14 encoder stall and slip error treatment 10 15 Pulse Input Type Setting Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 4 17
195. er torque Detection 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O O e O O Level OT1 w 06 10 Over torque Detection 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O O O Q O Level OT2 w 06 12 Current Limit 0 250 100 drive s rated current 150 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault 0 1 Over current during acceleration ocA 06 18 Second Most Recent 2 Over current during deceleration ocd 0 Fault Record 3 Over current during constant speed ocn 4 Ground fault GFF 06 19 Third Most Recent 5 IGBT short circuit occ 0 Fault Record 6 Over curent at stop ocS 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA 06 20 Fourth Most Recent 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 0 Fault Record 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA 06 21 Fifth Most Recent 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd Fault Record 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS 0 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT over heat 0H1 06 22 Sixth Most Recent 17 Heat sink over heat 0H2 for 40HP above 0 Fault Record 18 TH1 IGBT hardware failure tH10 19 TH2 Heat sink hardware failure tH20 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL when it exceeds 150 rated current 1 min later it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL1 23 Electronics thermal relay 2 EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 25 Fuse error FuSE
196. esistors so each brake unit uses 8 brake resistors The brake unit should be at least 10 cm away from AC motor drive to avoid possible interference Refer to the Brake Unit Module User Manual for further details Min Equivalent E een FUI citi Boi e e EWA REA ARA Brake Resistor Value for S que 3 Model and No of Torque 9n kW Nm AC Motor No of Units Units Used 10 ED each AC Motor E p Drive Used Drive 1 0 75 0 427 80W 200 BRO80W200 1 125 820 2 1 5 0 849 300W 100Q BR300W100 1 125 820 3 2 2 1 262 300W 1000 BR300W100 1 125 820 A 5 3 7 2 080 400W 400 BR400W040 1 125 330 7 5 5 5 3 111 500W 300 BR500W030 1 125 300 o 10 7 5 4 148 1000W 200 BR1KOWO20 1 125 200 6 ie 11 6 186 2400W 13 60 2015 1 BR1K2W6P8 2 125 13 6Q amp 20 15 8 248 3000W 100 2015 1 BR1K5W005 2 125 100 25 18 5 10 281 4800W8Q 2022 1 BR1K2W008 4 125 80 30 22 12 338 4800W 6 80 2022 1 BR1K2W6P8 4 125 6 80 40 30 16497 6000W5Q 2015 2 BR1K5W005 4 125 50 50 37 20 6 9600W 4Q 2015 2 BR1K2W008 8 125 4Q 1 0 75 0 427 80W 7500 BR080W750 1 125 1600 2 1 5 0 849 300W 4000 BR300W400 1 125 1600 3 2 2 1 262 300W 2500 BR300W250 1 125 1600 5 3 7 2 080 400W 1500 BR400W150 1 125 1300 CONESA 3 111 500W 1000 BR500W100 1 125 910 2 10 7 5 4 148 1000W
197. ess of COM1 the address offset value relative to COM1 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 al define THR 0x0000 define RDR 0x0000 define BRDL 0x0000 define IER 0x0001 define BRDH 0x0001 define LCR 0x0003 define MCR 0x0004 define LSR 0x0005 define MSR 0x0006 unsigned char rdat 60 read 2 data from address 2102H of AC drive with address 1 unsigned char tdat 60 0 1 0 3 2 1 0 2 00 0 2D 7r n void main int i outportb PORT MCR 0x08 interrupt enable outportb PORT IER 0x01 interrupt as data in outportb PORT LCR inportb PORT LCR 0x80 the BRDL BRDH can be access as LCR b7 1 outportb PORT BRDL 12 set baudrate 9600 12 115200 9600 outportb PORT BRDH 0x00 outportb PORT LCR 0x06 set protocol lt 7 N 2 gt 06H lt 7 E 1 gt 1AH lt 7 0 1 gt 0AH lt 8 N 2 gt 07H lt 8 E 1 gt 1BH lt 8 0 1 gt 0BH for i 0 i lt 16 i while inportb PORT LSR amp 0x20 wait until THR empty outportb PORT THR tdat i send data to THR i 0 while kbhit if inportb PORT LSR amp 0x01 bO 1 read data ready rdat i inportb PORT RDR read data form RDR pow w x COM2 Transmission Speed Keypad Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 9 6 Settings 4 8 to 115 2kbps Ea This parameter is used to set the transmission speed between the RS485 master PLC PC etc and AC motor driv
198. essed 4 165 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 a Step 6 Repeat step 2 to 5 for the next 8 bit byte of the command message Continue doing this until all bytes have been processed The final contents of the CRC register are the CRC value When transmitting the CRC value in the message the upper and lower bytes of the CRC value must be swapped i e the lower order byte will be transmitted first The following is an example of CRC generation using C language The function takes two arguments Unsigned char data a pointer to the message buffer Unsigned char length the quantity of bytes in the message buffer The function returns the CRC value as a type of unsigned integer Unsigned int crc chk unsigned char data unsigned char length int j unsigned int reg_crc OxFFFF while length reg crc data for j 0 j lt 8 j if reg crc amp 0x01 4 LSB b0 1 reg crc reg crc 1 0xA001 Jelsef reg_crc reg_crc gt gt 1 return reg_crc 3 5 Address list The contents of available addresses are shown as below Content Address Function GG means parameter group nn means parameter number for example the address of Pr 4 01 is 0401H Referencing to GGnnH chapter 5 for the function of each parameter When reading parameter by command code 03H only one parameter can be read at one time 0 No function Command 1 Sto Write only 2000H BitO 3 5 Run 3 Jog Run 00B No function 01B FWD 10B R
199. eters V7 37 a Group 8 High function PID Parameters 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function 1 Negative PID feedback from external terminal AVI Pr 03 00 2 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction Input Terminal for PID 3 Negative PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 0 O O c 08 00 Feedback 4 Positive PID feedback from external terminal AVI d Pr 03 00 5 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 skip direction 6 Positive PID feedback from PG card Pr 10 15 Tension Control 0 Disable 0 O 08 21 1 Selection 1 Tension closed loop speed mode O 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode O 3 Reserved 4 Tension open loop torque mode O 08 22 Wind Mode 0 Rewind 0 Oj o O O O 1 Unwind 08 23 Mechanical Gear A 1 65535 100 O O O o at Reel 08 24 Mechanical Gear B 1 65535 100 O O O at Motor Proportional Gain 1 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O O O 08 29 of Tension PID P Integral Time of 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 O O O QO 08 30 Tension PID I E Proportional Gain 2 0 0 1000 0 50 0 O QO O O 708 32 of Tension PID P 08 33 Integral Time 2 of 0 00 500 00 sec 1 00 QO Tension PID I 08 36 Tension Line Speed 0 100 00 20 00 Q PID Output Limit Pulse Number for 0 0 6000 0 pulse m 0 0 O O O O 08 40 Each Meter 08 41 Current Line Speed 0 0 3000 0m min 0 0
200. etting 0 Settings 0 Enable forward reverse 1 Disable reverse 2 Disable forward gq This parameter enables the AC motor drives to run in the forward reverse Direction It may be used to prevent a motor from running in a direction that would consequently injure humans or damage the equipment 4 60 Chapter 4 Parameters 1757 al Group 1 Basic Parameters LE Maximum Output Frequency Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 60 00 50 00 Settings 50 0 to 600 00Hz Ea This parameter determines the AC motor drive s Maximum Output Frequency All the AC motor drive frequency command sources analog inputs 0 to 10V 4 to 20mA and 10V to 10V are scaled to correspond to the output frequency range 1st Output Frequency Setting 1 1st Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 Factory setting 60 00 50 00 Control yr vEpG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 0 00 600 00Hz Ea These are for the base frequency and motor rated frequency Ea This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate If the motor is 60Hz the setting should be 60Hz If the motor is 50Hz it should be set to 50Hz Ea Pr 01 35 is used for the application occasion that uses double base motor 1st Output Voltage Setting 1 1st Output Voltage Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Control yr vrpG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 220 0 460V se
201. etting 0 Settings 0 Zero bias 1 Lower than bias bias 2 Greater than bias bias 4 95 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 a The absolute value of the bias voltage while serving as the center 3 4 Serve bias as the center Ea In a noisy environment it is advantageous to use negative bias to provide a noise margin It is recommended NOT to use less than 1V to set the operation frequency 03 00 to 03 02 03 09 03 11 gain is positive 0 Zerobias 1 Lower than bias bias 2 Greater than bias bias The absolute value ofthe bias voltage while serving asthe center 4 Servebias as the center bias Positive bias RE Analog Input Gain 1 AVI Unit 1 KIM w Analog Input Gain 1 ACI Unit 1 A Analog Input Gain 1 AUI Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 100 0 Settings 500 0 500 0 Ea Parameters 03 03 to 03 11 are used when the source of frequency command is the analog voltage current signal E A ACI AVI2 Selection Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 ACI 1 AVI 2 Ea There are two AVI analog inputs can be used when this parameter is set to 1 and the SW2 on the control board is set to AVI2 At this moment ACI is for voltage input x Analog Input Delay Time AVI Unit 0 01 x Analog Input Delay Time ACI Unit 0 01 Analog Input Delay Time AUI Unit 0 01 Contrar VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 01 Settings 0 00 to 2
202. even number W Check if the motor and load can be separated If yes please set by the following steps If not please jump to step 2 for static test of the motor auto tuning m f the above steps are normal please trial run in low speed and check if the motor runs steadily without abnormal noise and vibration If yes please stop running and check if the wiring is correct or contact the motor supplier m After ensure that the output current displayed on the digital keypad is within 20 5096 of the motor rated current when trial run in low speed please go to step 2 If the output current is out of the range please check the motor wiring parameter settings or contact the motor supplier 3 3 2 2 Step 2 Motor tuning M Make sure that Pr 00 00 identity code of the AC motor drive corresponds to the nameplate of the AC motor drive W Check if the motor and load can be disconnected If yes set Pr 05 00 to 1 rolling test If not it needs to input value into Pr 05 05 and set Pr 05 00 to 2 static test W Motor auto tuning Pr 05 00 0 No function Motor Auto Tuning 1 Rolling test 2 Static Test 3 Reserved m It will display two on the digital keypad until the tuning is finished Then the motor will stop automatically and save the value into Pr 05 06 Pr 05 09 If it displays E please check if the wiring and parameters settings are correct 3 11 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up Y 3 12 3 3
203. ey to make LED PU to be light RUN JOG and STOP key are valid now 00 22 Stop Method Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Ramp to stop 1 Coast to stop 4 59 Chapter 4 Parameters 757 5 CI The parameter determines how the motor is stopped when the AC motor drive receives a valid stop command Frequency Frequency Output Frequency PIS SHE Motor Rotation HU Speed Speed Time Time i Stopsaccordingto Free running Operation deceleration time Operation tostop Command RUN STOP Command RUN STOP Ramp to Stop and Coast to Stop Ramp to stop the AC motor drive decelerates from the maximum output frequency Pr 01 00 to minimum output frequency Pr 01 09 according to the deceleration time and then stop Coast to stop the AC motor drive stops the output instantly upon a STOP command and the motor free runs until it comes to a complete standstill 1 It is recommended to use ramp to stop for safely of personnel or to prevent material from being wasted in applications where the motor has to stop after the drive is stopped The deceleration time has to be set accordingly 2 If the motor free running is allowed or the load inertia is large it is recommended to select coast to stop For example blowers punching machines and pumps LI The stop method of the torque control is also set by Pr 00 22 KET Motor Direction Control Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory s
204. fier and capacitors in the AC motor drive EJ Reserved KI Speed Feed Forward Gain Unit 1 Control FocpG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 to 100 aa It is used to improve the speed response 4 184 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al 11 10 ________ Speed feed forward gain command 00 202 7 gt ASR EOR Y y y Torque Torque limit 10 09 07 32 07 35 speed feedback Tq Bias KI x Speed Response of Flux Weakening Area Unit 1 Control Egcpg Factory Setting 65 mode Settings 0 to 150 0 disable Ea It is used to control the response speed for the flux weakening area The larger number you set the faster response you will get EE Notch Filter Depth Unit 1 Control Egcopg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 to 20 db 11 14 Notch Filter Frequency Unit 0 01 Control Focpg Factory Setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 200 00 Ea This parameter is used to set resonance frequency of mechanical system It can be used to suppress the resonance of mechanical system Ea The larger number you set Pr 11 13 the better suppression resonance function you will get Ea The notch filter frequency is the resonance of mechanical frequency KI Gain Value of Slip Compensation Unit 0 01 Control syc Factory Setting 1 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 1 00 LJ Itis only valid in SVC mode 4 185 Chapter 4 P
205. forward run command and phase B leads in a reverse run command 2 Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 3 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 4 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction 5 Single phase input w10 02 Encoder Feedback 0 Warn and keep operation 2 Q O Q Fault Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Detection Time for 0 00 10 0 sec 1 0 O P O 10 03 Encoder Feedback Fault ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O O 410704 Regulation Control P 1 w10 05 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 O O O Regulation Control I 1 ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O O 10 06 Regulation Control P 2 10 07 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 O O O Regulation Control I 2 10 08 ASR 1 ASR2 Switch 5 00 600 00Hz 7 00 O O O Frequency Low Pass Filter Time 0 000 0 350 sec 0 008 O O 410 09 or ASR Output 10 10 Encoder Stall Level 0 120 0 disable 115 T O Encoder Stall 0 0 2 0 sec 0 1 3 O A101 Detection Time 410 12 Encoder Slip Range 0 50 0 disable 50 O 6 w10 13 Encoder Slip Detection 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 O O Time 410 44 Encoder Stall and Slip 0 Warn and keep operation 2 O O Error Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop w10 15 Pulse Input Type 0 Disable 0 O 5 O O Setting 1 Phase A leads in a fo
206. g connections between the AC motor drive and motor for possible short circuits also to ground 2 Check whether the IGBT power module is damaged 3 Check for possible poor insulation at the output line Return to the factory Check if the input voltage falls within the rated AC motor drive input voltage range Check for possible voltage transients If DC BUS over voltage due to regenerative voltage please increase the Deceleration Time or add an optional brake resistor Check if input voltage is within specification range and monitor if there is surge voltage 1 Check if the input voltage is normal 2 Check for possible sudden load Check Power Source Input if all 3 input phases are connected without loose contacts For models 40hp and above please check if the fuse for the AC input circuit is blown Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 1727 3 Fault Name Fault Descriptions Corrective Actions Ensure that the ambient temperature falls IGBT overheating IGBT temperature exceeds protection within the specified temperature range Make sure that the ventilation holes are not obstructed Remove any foreign objects from the 4 oH i level heatsinks and check for possible dirty 1 to15HP 90 C heat sink fins 20 to 100HP 100 C Check the fan and clean it Provide enough spacing for adequate ventilation Ensure that the ambient temperature falls within the s
207. h Deceleration 4th Acceleration Time Time 1st 4th Acceleration Deceleration Switching x S curve for Acceleration Departure Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 A S curve for Acceleration Arrival Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 S curve for Deceleration Departure Time 1 Unit 0 1 0 01 x S curve for Deceleration Arrival Time 2 Unit 0 1 0 01 conmo VE VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 2 0 0 Settings 0 00 25 00 sec 0 00 250 0 sec It is used to give the smoothest transition between speed changes The accel decel curve can adjust the S curve of the accel decel When it is enabled the drive will have different accel decel curve by the accel decel time The S curve function is disabled when accel decel time is set to 0 When the selected accel time gt Pr 01 24 and Pr 01 25 The Actual Accel Time selected accel Time Pr 01 24 Pr 01 25 2 Ca When the selected decel time gt Pr 01 26 and Pr 01 27 The Actual Decel Time selected decel Time Pr 01 26 Pr 01 27 2 Frequenc i 01 25 01 26 01 24 01 27 Knie YA Skip Frequency 1 upper limit Unit 0 01 ATAB Skip Frequency 1 lower limit Unit 0 01 KZ Skip Frequency 2 upper limit Unit 0 01 4 68 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 Skip Frequency 2 lower limit Unit 0 01 ESYA Skip Frequency 3 upper limit Unit 0 01 ESX Skip Frequency 3 lower limit Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 6
208. having cooler and sunshade In additional the microcomputer may not work in extreme low temperature and needs to have heater 5 9 Chapter 5 Troubleshooting 737 4 Store within a relative humidity range of 0 to 90 and non condensing environment Do not turn off the air conditioner and have exsiccator for it 5 15 Affecting Other Machines AC motor drive may affect the operation of other machine due to many reasons The solutions are as follows W High Harmonic at Power Side If there is high harmonic at power side during running the improved methods are 1 Separate power system use transformer for AC motor drive 2 Use reactor at the power input terminal of AC motor drive or decrease high harmonic by multiple circuit 9 If there is phase lead capacitor it should use serial reactor to prevent capacitor damage from high harmonic 3 3 serial reactor H T phase lead capacitor I W Motor Temperature Rises When the motor is induction motor with ventilation cooling type used in variety speed operation bad cooling will happen in the low speed Therefore it may overheat Besides high harmonic is in output waveform to increase copper loss and iron loss Following measures should be used by load situation and operation range when necessary 1 Use the motor with independent power ventilation or increase the horsepower 2 Use inverter duty motor 3 Do NOT run in the low speed 5 10
209. he multi step speed Pr 05 00 50 00 1388H Pr 05 01 40 00 0FAOH AC drive address is 01H ASCII Mode Command message Response message STX E STX b Address 1 0 Address 1 o Address 0 qi Address 0 4 Function 1 T Function 1 4 Function 0 0 Function 0 0 oO T Starting data 5 Starting data 5 address 0 address 0 T oO oO T Number of data 0 Number of data 0 count by word 0 count by word 0 DI y Number of data 0 E count by byte a LRE BRB Bi 4 END CR The first data E LF content g g Q The second data F content A 0 g LRC Check N END R LF RTU mode Command message Response message Address 01H Address 01H Function 10H Function 10H Starting data 05H Starting data address 05H address 00H 00H Number of data 00H Number of data 00H count by word 02H count by word 02H Number of data 04 CRC Check Low 41H count by byte The first data 13H CRC Check High 04H content 88H The second data OFH content AOH Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al CRC Check Low 9 CRC Check High A 3 4 Check sum ASCII mode LRC Longitudinal Redundancy Check is calculated by summing up module 256 the values of the bytes from ADR1 t
210. he rated current of the AC motor drive By reading this parameter the user can check if the AC motor drive is correct Ea The factory setting is rated current for the constant torque and can be set in Pr 00 12 230V Series kW 0 75 1 5 2 2 3 7 5 5 7 5 11 15 18 5 22 30 37 HP 1 0 2 0 3 0 5 0 7 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 Pr 00 00 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 Rated Current for Constant 5 7 5 11 17 25 33 49 65 75 90 120 146 Torque A Rated Current for Variable 6 3 9 4 13 8 21 3 31 3 41 3 61 3 81 3 93 8 113 150 183 Torque A Max Carrier 15kHz OkHz Frequency 460V Series kW 0 75 1 5 2 2 3 7 5 5 7 5 11 15 18 5 22 30 37 45 55 75 HP 10 2 0 3 0 5 0 7 5 10 15 20 25 30 40 50 60 75 100 Pr 00 00 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 31 33 Rated Current for Constant 3 4 2 6 8 5 13 18 24 32 38 45 60 73 91 110 150 Torque A Rated Current for Variable 3 8 5 3 7 5 10 6 16 3 22 5 30 40 47 5 56 3 75 91 3 113 8 138 188 Torque A Mas Carner 15kHz 9kHz 6kHz Frequency 4 47 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 a 00 02 Parameter Reset Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 No Function 1 Read Only 2 Enable Group 11 Parameters Setting 8 Keypad Lock 9 All parameters are reset to factory settings 50Hz 220V 380V
211. id resonances use the Skip frequencies 9 The motor fan will be very noisy when the motor speed exceeds 50 or 60Hz Special motors 1 Pole changing Dahlander motor The rated current is differs from that of a standard motor Please check before operation and select the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully When changing the pole number the motor needs to be stopped first If over current occurs during operation or regenerative voltage is too high please let the motor free run to stop coast Submersible motor The rated current is higher than that of a standard motor Please check before operation and choose the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully With long motor cable between AC motor drive and motor available motor torque is reduced Explosion proof Ex motor Needs to be installed in a safe place and the wiring should comply with the Ex requirements Delta AC Motor Drives are not suitable for Ex areas with special precautions Gear reduction motor The lubricating method of reduction gearbox and speed range for continuous operation will be different and depending on brand The lubricating function for operating long time at low speed and for high speed operation needs to be considered carefully Synchronous motor The rated current and starting current are higher than for standard motors Please check before operation and choose the capacity of the AC motor drive carefully When the AC Revision Jul 2014
212. ill be strong and immediate if the gain is too large vibration may occur If the gain is small the response will weak and slow AIYA w Integral Gain I Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 1 00 mode Settings 0 00 to 100 00 sec Ea This parameter determines the speed of response for the PID feedback loop If the integral time is long the response will be slow If the integral time is short the response will be quick Be careful not to set l too small since a rapid response may cause oscillation in the PID loop Ea If the integral time is set as 0 00 Pr 08 02 will be disabled 4 135 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 37 A eke w Derivative Control D Unit 0 01 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 1 00 sec LU This parameter determines the damping effect for the PID feedback loop If the differential time is long any oscillation will quickly subside If the differential time is short the oscillation will subside slowly 08 04 Upper limit for Integral Control Unit 0 1 cootra VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 0 Settings 0 0 to 100 096 Ea This parameter defines an upper bound or limit for the integral gain I and therefore limits the Master Frequency The formula is Integral upper bound Maximum Output Frequency Pr 01 00 x Pr 08 04 08 05 PID Output Frequency Limit Unit 0 1 cor VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 0 Settings
213. ion Input Command 8 34 Enable multi step position control O O 02 25 Multi Function Input Command 9 35 Enable position control O O 02 26 Multi Function Input Command 10 36 Enable position learning function O Q valid at stop 02 27 Multi Function Input Command 11 37 Enable pulse position input O O command 02 28 Multi Function Input Command 12 38 Disable write EEPROM function OOJO O 02 29 Multi Function Input Command 13 39 Torque command direction 02 30 Multi Function Input Command 14 40 Force stop Ol OLO 41 Serial position clock 42 Serial position input 43 Analog input resolution selection a Multi function Output 1 RA RB 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 O O O O O 02 11 RC Relay1 Multi function Output 2 30 Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 OJ C 3 02 12 _ MRA MRC Relay2 02 13 Multi function Output 3 MO1 31 Y connection for the motor coil OO IC 02 14 Multifunction Output 4 MO2 32 connection for the motor coil ojojo O Multi function Output 5 MO3 33 Zero speed actual output OO IC 02 35 frequency Multi function Output 6 MO4 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output OJ C C 02 36 frequency 02 37 Multi function Output 7 MO5 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 O IC x 02 38 Multi function Output 8 MO6 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 x 02 39 Multi function Output 9 MO7 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 0 O w02 40 Multi function Output 10 MO8 38 Error output selecti
214. is any dust or dirt Visual inspection O Terminals and wiring of main circu it Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If the terminal or the plate is color change or deformation due Visual inspection O to overheat If the insulator of wiring is Visual inspection o damaged or color change If there is any damage Visual inspection O Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 173 al W DC capacity of main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there is any leak of liquid color change crack or Visual inspection O deformation Measure static capacity when Static capacity gt initial value X 0 85 o required M Resistor of main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there is any peculiar smell or Visual inspection smell O insulator cracks due to overheat p 3 Visual inspection or measure with multimeter after removing wiri If there is any disconnection ia MAE VHS O Resistor value should be within 10 W Transformer and reactor of main circuit Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Daily Half One Year Year If there I any abnormal vibration Visual aural inspection and smell O or peculiar smell m Magnetic co
215. is possible for the output voltage to be 25 below Maximum Output Voltage during auto energy saving operation This function should not be used with variable loads or continuous rated output loads Ea When output frequency is constant i e constant operation the output voltage will be auto decreased with load reduction To make the AC motor drive runs under the energy saving with the minimum value of the product of voltage and current 4 58 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 al Output Voltage 100 1 The maximum outputWoltage reduction is 25 75 eae aaa Frequency Auto Energy saving Operation Source of the Master Frequency Command Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Digital keypad KPV CE01 1 RS 485 serial communication 2 External analog input Pr 03 00 3 External UP DOWN terminal 4 Pulse input without direction command Pr 10 15 without direction 5 Pulse input with direction command Pr 10 15 Ea This parameter determines the drive s master frequency source L3 When it is set to 0 it will display PU EZE Source of the Operation Command Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Digital keypad KPV CE01 1 External terminals Keypad STOP disabled 2 RS 485 serial communication RJ 11 Keypad STOP disabled Ea When Pr 00 21 is set to 1 it also needs to set Pr 00 20 and Pr 00 21 to 0 After pressing PU k
216. is recommended to use Release Pr 02 31 ne contact b N C 13 Overheat Active when IGBT or heat sink overheats to prevent OH turn off the drive refer to Pr 06 05 This function is used in conjunction with a VFDB Brake Unit 14 Software Brake Signal The output will be activated when the drive needs help braking Indication the load A smooth deceleration is achieved by using this function refer to Pr 07 00 15 PID Feedback Error Active when the feedback signal is abnormal 16 Slip Error oSL Active when the slip error is detected 17 Terminal Count Value Active when the counter reaches Terminal Counter Value Attained Pr 02 16 18 Preliminary Counter Active when the counter reaches Preliminary Counter Value Value Attained Pr 02 17 19 Baseblock B B Active when the output of the AC motor drive is shut off during Indication baseblock 20 Warning Output Active when the warning is detected 21 Over voltage Warning Active when the over voltage is detected 22 Over current Stall Active when the over current stall prevention is detected Prevention Warning 23 Over voltage Stall Active when the over voltage stall prevention is detected prevention Warning 4 85 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 37 4 Settings Functions Descriptions 24 Operation Mode Active when the operation command is controlled by external 4 86 Indication terminal 25 Forward Command Active when th
217. isplay 00 02 times of wrong password Cl The function of this parameter is to input the password that is set in Pr 00 08 Input the correct password here to enable changing parameters You are limited to a maximum of 3 attempts After 3 consecutive failed attempts a blinking PcodE will show up to force the user to restart the AC motor drive in order to try again to input the correct password E When forgetting password you can decode by setting 9999 and press button and repeat it again setting 9999 and press button again Please note that all the settings will be set to factory setting KJ A Password Set Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 00 Settings 1 to 9998 and 10000 to 65535 Display 00 No password set or successful input in Pr 00 07 01 Password has been set Ea To set a password to protect your parameter settings If the display shows 00 no password is set or password has been correctly entered in Pr 00 07 All parameters can then be changed including Pr 00 08 The first time you can set a password directly After successful setting of password the display will show 01 which means password protection is now effective And all the parameters will display 0 except Pr00 07 and Pr00 08 and cannot be modified Be sure to record the password for later use To cancel the parameter lock set the parameter to 00 after inputting correct password 4 52 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 57 3 into Pr 00
218. kHz Significant Minimal Minimal AAAA 8kHz 15kHz ARAS Minimal Significant Significant a LA Chapter 4 Parameters 72 274 gq From the table we see that the PWM carrier frequency has a significant influence on the electromagnetic noise AC motor drive heat dissipation and motor acoustic noise USE w Auto Voltage Regulation AVR Function Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 Enable AVR 1 Disable AVR 2 Disable AVR when deceleration stop Ea It is used to select the AVR mode AVR is used to regulate the output voltage to the motor For example if V f curve is set to AC200V 50Hz and the input voltage is from 200 to 264VAC the output voltage won t excess AC200V 50Hz If the input voltage is from 180 to 200V the output voltage to the motor and the input voltage will be in direct proportion B L When setting Pr 00 18 to 1 during ramp to stop and used with auto accel decel function the acceleration will be smoother and faster L It is recommended to set Pr 00 18 to 0 enable AVR when the control mode is FOCPG or TQCPG 00 19 A Auto Energy saving Operation Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable LU When the Auto Energy saving function is enabled the drive will operate with full voltage during acceleration and deceleration At constant speed the AC drive will calculate the optimal output voltage value for the load It
219. kVA The starting capacity kxN m ns s jJ Pci qxcosp lt the_ capacity of _ AC motor _drive kVA 1 gt 5 1 Nr 2 2 The current should be less than the rated current of AC motor drive A m Acceleration time 60 seconds m Iu 1 ks 1 lt 1 5x the rated _current_of _ AC motor _drive A m Acceleration time 260 seconds ny In ks 1 lt the rated _current _of _ AC _motor _drive A C 2 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 72 274 2 3 When it is running continuously W The requirement of load capacity should be less than the capacity of AC motor drive kVA The requirement of load capacity kx Pu 1X coso lt the _capacity_of _ AC motor drive kVA W The motor capacity should be less than the capacity of AC motor drive kxA3 xVu x Iu x10 lt the capacity of AC motor drive kVA W The current should be less than the rated current of AC motor drive A kxlu amp Xthe rated current of AC motor _drive A Symbol explanation Pu Motor shaft output for load KW n Motor efficiency normally approx 0 85 cos o Motor power factor normally approx 0 75 Vu Motor rated voltage V Iu Motor rated current A for commercial power k Correction factor calculated from current distortion factor 1 05 1 1 depending on PWM method Pa Continuous motor capacity kVA ks Starting current rated current of mo
220. l Output Gain 1 40 Desired Frequency 2 O w 02 19 Attained 1 0 00 600 00Hz The Width of the Desired w 02 20 Frequency Attained 1 0 00 600 00Hz Desired Frequency 02 21 Attained 2 0 00 600 00Hz The Width of the Desired Q 02 22 Frequency Attained 2 0 00 600 00Hz 02 31 Brake Delay Time 0 000 65 000 Sec O O Output Current Level 0 O O O 02 32 Setting for External 0 100 Terminals Output Boundary for A n 0 00 O O O O 02 33 External Terminals 0 00 60 00Hz it is motor speed when using PG External Operation d 0 O O O O W004 Control Selection after 0 Disable i Reset 1 Drive runs if run command exists after reset 02 43 Zero speed Level of 0 65535 rpm 0 O Motor 4 8 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 al Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting SVC FOCPG TQCPG 03 00 Analog Input 1 AVI 0 No function 3 o 03 01 Analog Input 2 ACI 1 Frequency command torque limit under TQR control 0 C O 7 mode M 03 02 Analog Input 3 AUI 2 torque command torque limit under speed mode 0 3 Torque compensation command C O O O 4 PID target value refer to group 8 O O O 3 5 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 6 P T C thermistor input value T Positive torque limit 8
221. lation and Wiring 1 3 3 W To improve power factor and reduce harmonics connect a DC reactor between terminals 1 2 Please remove the jumper before connecting the DC reactor E IT Models of 15kw and above have a built in DC reactor Terminals 2 B1 B2 for connecting brake resistor and terminals 1 2 B1 for connecting external brake unit Brake resistor optional pean 4 Brake unit optional LVFDB Referto Appendix B forthe use of special braking resistor unit pscs 4 I 2 B1 B2 2 B1 W Connect a brake resistor or brake unit in applications with frequent deceleration ramps short deceleration time too low brake torque or requiring increased brake torque m If the AC motor drive has a built in brake chopper all models of 11kW and below connect the external brake resistor to the terminals 2 B1 B2 W Models of 15kW and above don t have a built in brake chopper Please connect an external optional brake unit VFDB series and brake resistor Refer to VFDB series user manual for details m Connect the terminals P N of the brake unit to the AC motor drive terminals 2 2 B1 The length of wiring should be less than 5m with twisted cable W When not used please leave the terminals 2 B1 open Amema 1 Short circuiting B2 or to 2 B1 can damage the AC motor drive Grounding terminals W Make sure that the leads are connec
222. le Drive O O O O 50 Reserved 0 up down by the accel decel time 0 O O O O 02 07 UP DOWN Key Mode 1 up down constant speed Pr 02 08 The 0 01 1 00Hz ms 001 O O O Acceleration Deceleration w 02 08 Speed of the UP DOWN Key with Constant Speed Digital Input Response 0 001 30 000 sec 0 005 02 09 Time Digital Input Operation 0 65535 0 402 10 Direction Multi function Output 1 0 No function 11 02 11 RA RB RC Relay1 1 Operation indication Multi function Output 2 2 Operation speed attained 1 02 12 MRA MRC Relay2 3 Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 Multi function Output 3 4 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 0 02 43 MO 5 Zero speed frequency command 6 Zero speed with stop frequency command ver torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 ver torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 Multi function Output 4 Drive ready 0 A 02 14 7 MO2 10 User defined Low voltage Detection 11 Malfunction indication Multi function Output 5 12 Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 02 35 MO3 13 Overheat 14 Software brake signal indication 02 36 Multi function Output 6 15 PID feedback error MO4 16 Slip error OSL 17 Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 Multi function Output 7 18 Preliminary count value attained Pr 02 17 A 02 37 MOS 19 Baseblock B B Indication 20 Warning output Multi function Output 8 21 Over voltage warning 02 38 MO6 22 Over current stall prevention warning 23 Over voltage stall preve
223. leration Deceleration Setting 0 Linear accel decel 1 Auto accel linear decel 2 Linear accel auto decel 3 Auto accel decel auto calculate the accel decel time by actual load 4 Stall prevention by auto accel decel limited by 01 12 to 01 21 00 23 Motor Direction Control 0 Enable forward reverse 1 Disable reverse 2 Disable forward 4 38 Chapter 4 Parameters Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting TQCPG 02 01 Multi Function Input 0 no function 1 Command 1 MI1 1 multi step speed command 1 multi step position it is Stop terminal for 3 command 1 wire operation 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position command 2 02 02 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position 2 Multi Function Input command 3 Command 2 MI2 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position command 4 02 03 Multi Function Input 5 Reset 3 O Command 3 MI3 6 JOG command 02 04 Multi Function Input 7 acceleration deceleration speed inhibit 4 Command 4 MM 8 the 1st 2nd acceleration deceleration time selection 02 05 Multi Function Input 9 the 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection 0 Command 5 MIS 10 EF input Pr 07 36 02 06 Multi Function Input 0 Command 6 MIG 11 B B input TOE terminal for 12 Output stop O 02 23 Multi Function In
224. ll parameters are reset to factory setting Pr 00 02 is set to 9 or 10 Pr 00 02 0 No function Parameter Reset 1 Read only 2 Enable group 11 parameters setting 8 Keypad lock 9 All parameters are reset to factory settings 50Hz 220V 380V 10 All parameters are reset to factory settings 60Hz 220V 440V W Enter the related information of the motor into Pr 01 00 01 02 and Pr 05 01 05 04 Pr 01 00 50 00 600 00Hz Max Output Frequency Pr 01 01 0 00 600 00Hz 1st Output Frequency Setting 1 Pr 01 02 230V 0 1V 255 0V 1st Output Voltage 460V 0 1V 510 0V Setting 1 Pr 05 01 40 120 of drive s rated current Full load Current of Motor 1 A NOTE This value should be set according to the rated frequency of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate The factory setting is 90 of the rated current Pr 05 02 0 655 35 Rated Power of Motor 1 kW LU NOTE It is used to set rated power of the motor 1 The factory setting is the power of the drive 3 10 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 1737 3 Pr 05 03 0 65535 Rated Speed of Motor 1 rpm Ea NOTE It is used to set the rated speed of the motor and needs to set according to the value indicated on the motor nameplate Pr 05 04 2 20 Number of Motor Poles 1 NOTE it is used to set the number of motor poles must be an
225. ll the AC motor drive in an environment with the following conditions Operation Storage Transportation Pollution Degree Air Temperature Relative Humidity Atmosphere pressure Installation Site Altitude Vibration Temperature Relative Humidity Atmosphere pressure Vibration 10 40 C 14 122 F lt 90 no condensation allowed 86 106 kPa lt 1000m lt 20Hz 9 80 m s 1G max 20 50Hz 5 88 m s 0 6G max 20 C 60 C 4 F 140 F lt 90 no condensation allowed 86 106 kPa 20Hz 9 80 m s 1G max 20 50Hz 5 88 m s 0 6G max 2 good for a factory type environment Minimum Mounting Clearances Air Flow w H ne mm inch mm inch 1 5HP 50 2 150 6 7 5 20HP 75 3 175 7 25 75HP 75 3 200 8 100HP and above 75 3 250 10 Chapter 1 Introduction 75 ZANEEMIEM 1 Operating storing or transporting the AC motor drive outside these conditions may cause damage to the AC motor drive Failure to observe these precautions may void the warranty Mount the AC motor drive vertically on a flat vertical surface object by screws Other directions are not allowed The AC motor drive will generate heat during operation Allow sufficient space around the unit for heat dissipation The heat sink temperature may rise to 90 C when r
226. lt in personal injury and equipment damage If you have any questions please contact your dealer PLEASE READ PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FOR SAFETY ANM 1 AC input power must be disconnected before any wiring to the AC motor drive is made 2 A charge may still remain in the DC link capacitors with hazardous voltages even if the power has been turned off To prevent personal injury please ensure that power has turned off before opening the AC motor drive and wait ten minutes for the capacitors to discharge to safe voltage levels Never reassemble internal components or wiring The AC motor drive may be destroyed beyond repair if incorrect cables are connected to the input output terminals Never connect the AC motor drive output terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 directly to the AC mains circuit power supply 5 Ground the VFD VE using the ground terminal The grounding method must comply with the laws of the country where the AC motor drive is to be installed Refer to the Basic Wiring Diagram 6 VFD VE series is used only to control variable speed of 3 phase induction motors NOT for 1 phase motors or other purpose 7 VFD VE series shall NOT be used for life support equipment or any life safety situation ANmema 1 DO NOT use Hi pot test for internal components The semi conductor used in AC motor drive easily damage by high voltage There are highly sensitive MOS components on the printed circuit boards These components a
227. me too short Increase the Deceleration Time AC motor drive output power is too small Replace the AC motor drive with the next higher power model Short circuit at motor output Check for possible poor insulation at the output line Sudden increase in motor loading Check for possible motor stall AC motor drive output power is too small Replace the AC motor drive with the next higher power model Return to the factory 6 1 AT Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 17 A Fault Name Fault Descriptions occ ouf oud oun PHL Short circuit is detected between upper bridge and lower bridge of the IGBT module DC BUS over voltage during acceleration 230V DC 450V 460V DC 900V DC BUS over voltage during deceleration 230V DC 450V 460V DC 900V DC BUS over voltage in constant speed 230V DC 450V 460V DC 900V Hardware failure in voltage detection DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 during acceleration DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 during deceleration DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 in constant speed DC BUS voltage is less than Pr 06 00 at stop Corrective Actions When one of the output terminal s is grounded short circuit current is more than 50 of AC motor drive rated current the AC motor drive power module may be damaged NOTE The short circuit protection is provided for AC motor drive protection not for protection of the user 1 Check the wirin
228. mensions are in millimeter m x ZA REV RUN JOG HHH FWD STOP RESET a 6 5 4 16 15 14 13 11 lt Rc 01 terminal block PP Pt ttt B B f n mM 9 AFMAcM avi 10v DeMMis FWOREVNOG e VER YE VFD VE Programming Pr 00 20 set to 2 Pr 00 21 set to 1 external controls Pr 02 00 set to 1 setting Run Stop and Fwd Rev controls Pr 02 05 MI5 set to 5 External reset B 17 Appendix B Accessories 17 37 a B 8 PG Card for Encoder B 8 1 EMV PG01X AB2 PG2 signal mode switch ABZ1 PG1 signal PS1 mode switch bj NR 5 12V switch PG1 PG2 Pulse feedback Pulse input 1 Terminals descriptions Terminal Symbols Descriptions VP Power source of EMV PG01X use PS1 to switch 12V 5V Output Voltage 5V 12V 5 200mA DCM Power source and input signal common a BI Input signal Input type is selected by ABZ1 It can be 1 phase or 2 Z1 Z1 phase input Maximum 300kP sec A2 A Input signal Input type is selected by AB2 It can be 1 phase or 2 B2 B2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec Grounding 2 Wiring Notes a Please use a shielded cable to prevent interference Do not run control wires parallel to any high voltage AC power line 200 V and above b Recommended wire size 0 21 to 0 81mm AWG24 to AWG18 B 18 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 1 737 3 3 Wire leng
229. ment 2 Warn and coast to stop 0 O O O 3 Warn and keep at last frequency w 08 10 Sleep Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O w 08 11 Wake up Frequency 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 08 12 Sleep Time 0 0 6000 0 sec 0 0 O O w 08 13 PID Deviation Level 1 0 50 0 10 0 O O w 08 14 PID Deviation Time 0 1 300 0 sec 5 0 O O Filter Time for PID C O c y 08 15 Feedback 0 1 300 0 sec 5 0 O O O O 08 16 Reserved 08 20 08 21 Tension Control Selection 0 Disable 0 O 1 Tension closed loop speed mode O 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode O 3 Tension close loop torque mode O 4 Tension open loop torque mode E 08 22 Wind Mode 0 Rewind 0 O O O 9 1 Unwind 08 23 Mechanical Gear A at Reel 1 65535 100 e O O O 08 24 Mechanical Gear B at 1 65535 100 8 O O O Motor 08 25 Source of the Tension 0 Parameter setting Pr 08 26 0 O C O O Command Line Speed 1 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 26 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 14 PID target value of tension 03 00 03 02 12 line speed PID Target Value of 0 0 100 0 50 0 O O O O 108 26 TensioniLine Speed 08 27 Source of Tension Line 0 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 11 PID 0 O O Q O Speed PID Feedback feedback of tension 1 Pulse input Pr 08 40 08 28 Auto tuning Tension PID 0 Disable O O O O 1 Reel diameter 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 08 44 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 08 43 2 Frequency 08 29 08 30 corresponds to 01 07 08 32 08 33 corresponds to 01 00 Proportional Gain 1 of 0 0 1000 0
230. minal by Pr 07 29 to Pr 07 31 This parameter is the source of torque offset 4 131 Chapter 4 Parameters VZV Ca When it is set to 3 the source of torque offset will decide to Pr 07 29 Pr 07 30 and Pr 07 31 by the multi function input terminals MI setting 31 32 or 33 MI is set to 31 MI is set to 32 MI is set to 33 Torque offset OFF OFF OFF None OFF OFF ON 07 31 OFF ON OFF 07 30 OFF ON ON 07 31 07 30 ON OFF OFF 07 29 ON OFF ON 07 29 07 31 ON ON OFF 07 29 07 30 ON ON ON 07 29 07 30 07 31 07 28 A Torque Offset Setting Unit 0 1 aa SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 100 0 This parameter is torque offset The motor rated torque is 100 LI According to the formula of motor rated torque P o where P w is T N M W rad s Pr 05 02 and W rad s is Pr 05 03 RPM 41 5 60 x 27 KZI A High Torque Offset Unit 0 1 Control svc FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 30 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 100 0 07 30 Middle Torque Offset Unit 0 1 Control SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 20 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 100 0 07 31 A Low Torque Offset Unit 0 1 Control svc FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 10 0 mode Settings 0 0 to 100 0 4 132 A7 Chapter 4 Parameters ZZA E When it is set to 3 the source of torque offset will decide to Pr 07 29 Pr 07 30 and Pr 07 31 by the multi function input terminals setting 31 32 or 33 Th
231. mit 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 O O 0 Output Waiting 0 O O O 01 34 siny da 1 Zero speed operation q y 2 Fmin 4th output frequency setting 01 35 1st Output Frequency Setting 0 00 600 00Hz 60 00 O O O O 2 50 00 Fr 230V 0 1V 255 0V 220 0 Oo O O O 01 36 1st Output Voltage Setting 2 460V 0 1V 510 0V 440 0 01 37 2nd Output Frequency Setting 0 00 600 00Hz 0 50 2 2 01 38 2nd Output Voltage Setting 2 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 4 4 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 7 5 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TOCPG 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 3rd Output Frequency Setting 0 00 600 00Hz 050 O O 01 39 2 P 230V 0 1V 255 0V 5 0 OJo 01 40 3rd Output Voltage Setting 2 460V 0 1V 510 0V 10 0 4th Output Frequency Setting 0 00 600 00Hz 0 00 OJ OJO O O 01 41 2 230V 0 1V 255 0V 0 0 on Re 01 42 4th Output Voltage Setting 2 460V 0 1V 510 0V 0 0 4 5 Chapter 4 Parameters VVZA AY Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Factory 4 6 Pr Explanation Settings Setting SVC FOCPG TQ CPG 02 00 2 wire 3 wire Operation 0 FWD STOP REV STOP 0 C C Control 1 FWD STOP REV STOP Line Start Lockout 2 RUN STOP REV FWD 3 RUN STOP REV FWD Line Start Lockout 4 3 wire momentary push button 5 3 wire momentary push button and Line Start Lockout 02 01 Multi Function Input
232. mode Settings 0 00 100 00 Ea Pr 08 85 08 86 are used to adjust the torque that needed by the mechanical rotation inertia during acceleration deceleration Reserved 4 158 A7 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Group 9 Communication Parameters There is a built in RS 485 serial interface marked RJ 11 near to the control terminals The pins are defined below 1 EV 2 GND 3 SG 4 SG 5 Reserved 6 1 6 Reserved Each VFD VE AC drive has a pre assigned communication address specified by Pr 09 00 The RS485 master then controls each AC motor drive according to its communication address 09 00 A Communication Address Control vF VFPG SVG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 Settings 1 to 254 Ea If the AC motor drive is controlled by RS 485 serial communication the communication address for this drive must be set via this parameter And the communication address for each AC motor drive must be different and unique A COM1 Transmission Speed Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 9 6 Settings 4 8 to 115 2kbps Ea This parameter is used to set the transmission speed between the RS485 master PLC PC etc and AC motor drive ET A COM Transmission Fault Treatment Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 3 0 Warn and keep operating 1 Warn and RAMP to stop 2 Warn and COAST to stop 3 No warning and keep operating Settings Ea This parameter is
233. n in Appendix A W When using leakage current breaker to prevent leakage current W Do NOT run stop AC motor drives by turning the power ON OFF Run stop AC motor drives by RUN STOP command via control terminals or keypad If you still need to run stop AC drives by turning power ON OFF it is recommended to do so only ONCE per hour Do NOT connect 3 phase models to a 1 phase power source Output terminals for main circuit U V W When the AC drive output terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 are connected to the motor terminals U T1 V T2 and W T3 respectively the motor will rotate counterclockwise as viewed on the shaft end of the motor when a forward operation command is received To permanently reverse the direction of motor rotation switch over any of the two motor leads C T an DO NOT connect phase compensation capacitors or surge absorbers at the output terminals of AC motor drives With long motor cables high capacitive switching current peaks can cause over current high leakage current or lower current readout accuracy To prevent this the motor cable should be less than 20m for 3 7kW models and below And the cable should be less than 50m for 5 5kW models and above For longer motor cables use an AC output reactor Use well insulated motor suitable for inverter operation Terminals 1 2 for connecting DC reactor DC reactor Jumper 1 2 B1 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 2 Instal
234. ncy H Display DC BUS voltage Display output voltage E Output power factor angle n Display output power KW Display actual motor speed HU Display estimate output torque kg m Display PG position G refer to Pr 10 00 and Pr 10 1 10 Display PID feedback Content of Multi Function 11 Display AVI 96 00 04 Display 12 Display ACI 96 13 Display AUI 96 14 Display the temperature of heat sink C 15 Display the temperature of IGBT C 16 The status of digital input ON OFF 17 The status of digital output ON OFF 18 Multi step speed 19 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital input 20 The corresponding CPU pin status of digital output 21 Number of actual motor revolution PG1 of PG card 22 Pulse input frequency PG2 of PG card 23 Pulse input position PG2 of PG card 00 03 Start up Display Selection Ovoo oousomv 2oleve so Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters New settings 44 50 for Pr 02 00 Pr 02 06 and new parameter 02 43 4 29 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al p Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 02 00 2 wire 3 wire Operation 0 FWD STOP REV STOP 0 QI GO e G Control 1 FWD STOP REV STOP Line Start Lockout 2 RUN STOP REV FWD 3 RUN STOP REV FWD Line Start Lockout 4 3 wire momentar
235. ncy setting Pr 01 07 Pr 01 41 Flow output frequency lower limit Pr 01 11 NO Fcmd Fmin by Pr 01 34 Y YES NO YES Fstart Fmin fstart F min Flowz0 H Fcmd Hz Femd YES Emi fstart F start minm Fstart Time Y i operation after NO start up NO Flow 0 gt gt Femd gt Flow o 2 YES by i YES Femd lt Fmin gt gt pr 04 34 by 49 Fcemd Fmi Pr 01 34 MU y NO i YES H Flow i H Fcmd Hz i nz 60Hz i 60Hz H Flow i H Fcmd1 Flow Flow Fcmd1 Femd1 gt Femd1 gt Flow amp Femd1 gt Fmin Fmin Femd1 gt Fmin Femd2 m Flow Time by Pr 01 34 by Pr 01 34 Fmin gt Femd2 i Femd2 gt Flow8 i Fcmd2 lt Fmin 4 64 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 33 NO Fomd gt Fmin by Pr 01 34 y YES NO YES Fstart Fmin fstartzF min gt lt Flow 0 gt H Fcmd Hz Fomd YES F Ifi fstart F start ui Fstart Time Y operation after NO start up NO Flow 0 i gt lt Femd gt Flow NANO YES i YES Fomd lt Fmin gt gt Aa by _ lt Femd gt Fmi Form RE i y NO v YES H Flow H Fcmd em i H Fcmd Hz Hz Hg 60Hz i 60Hz H
236. nd 02 33 47 Break Release at Stop DR RUN RUN Multi function output MO 47 02 31 lt In the tension control mode when the error between PID target value and PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 63 and allowance error 48 RE Feedback of detection time of tension PID feedback exceeds Pr 08 64 please refer to Pr 08 64 for error treatment of tension PID feedback 49 Reserved 50 Reserved 4 87 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Example of crane function Output Frequency Freq command202 3 amp output current gt 2 32 req command 02 33 tput current 02 32 multi function output MO 42 Active when Fcom gt 02 33 output p M current gt 02 32 and time 02 31 202 31 It is recommended to be used with Dwell function Pr 07 15 to Pr 07 18 as shown in the following Set 07 16 02 33and output current 202 32 07 16 Dwell Freq at Accel i 07 15 Output Fre i P A Dwell Time at Accel Multi function output Set 07 18 02 33 and output current lt 02 32 07 18 Dwell Freq at Decel 07 17 i i Dwell Time atDeceT MO 42 Activate when 1 02 31 T Fcmd gt 02 33 i 02 31 Brake Delay Time output current 02 32 Brake Delay Time Time gt 02 31 i EX Multi output Direction Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 65535 The setting of this parameter is decimal value This parameter is set via bit setting If a bi
237. nd smoothest start up current when it detects small torque At deceleration it will auto stop the drive with the fastest and the smoothest deceleration time when the regenerated voltage of the load is detected 4 56 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 al Frequency 01 00 Max Frequency When Pr 00 13 is set to 0 When Pr 00 13 is set to 3 Min Frequency 01 05 1 I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 accel time gt 1 decel time pp DES Eee DEA 01 19 Accel Decel Time Time Unit for Acceleration Deceleration and S Curve Control mode Factory setting 0 VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Settings 0 Unit 0 01 second 1 Unit 0 1 second Ea This parameter determines the time unit for the Acceleration Deceleration setting Refer to Pr 01 12 Pr 01 19 accel decel Time 1 to 4 Pr 01 20 Pr 01 21 JOG accel decel Time and Pr 01 24 Pr 01 27 S curve accel decel Time I EE Reserved INE Reserved x Carrier Frequency Unit 1 Control mode Factory setting 10 VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Settings 1 15kHz Ea This parameter determinates the PWM carrier frequency of the AC motor drive 230V 460V Series Models 1 5HP 7 5 25HP 30 60HP 75 100HP 0 75 3 7kW 5 5 18 5kW 22 45kW 55 75Kw Setting Range 01 15kHz 01 15kHz 01 09kHz 01 06kHz Factory Setting 10kHz 9kHz 6kHz 6kHz A Electromagnetic Eraauancy uelle Noise or Leakage Dissipation wave 1
238. ng Stopping er DC braking Nie gt pu PU time during lt frequency stopping Run Stop ON OFF Time DC Braking Time Ea DC Brake at Start up is used for loads that may move before the AC drive starts such as fans and pumps Under such circumstances DC Brake can be used to hold the load in position before setting it in motion Ea DC Brake at stop is used to shorten the stopping time and also to hold a stopped load in position For high inertia loads a dynamic brake resistor may also be needed for fast decelerations 07 05 M Proportional Gain for DC Brake Unit 1 Control VF VFPG svc Factory Setting 50 mode Settings 1 to 500Hz Ea It is used to set the output voltage gain when DC brake 07 06 Momentary Power Loss Operation Selection Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Operation stops after momentary power loss Operation continues after momentary power loss speed search starts with the Master Frequency reference value 2 Operation continues after momentary power loss speed search starts with the minimum frequency Ea This parameter determines the operation mode when the AC motor drive restarts from a momentary power loss B In PG control mode the AC motor drive will execute the speed search function automatically by the PG speed when this setting isn t set to 0 4 123 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 07 07 A Maximum Allowable Power Loss Time Unit
239. ng thickness encoder is on reel shaft Pr 08 49 51 Pr 10 15 2 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on motor Pr 08 23 08 24 08 50 08 51 10 00 10 01 3 Calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 13 08 43 Max Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm O 08 44 Empty Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm O 08 45 Source of Initial Reel 0 RS 485 communication setting Pr 08 46 O Diameter 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 Pr 03 02 is set to 13 08 46 Initial Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm O 08 47 Initial Reel Diameter 1 1 0 6000 0mm O 08 48 Initial Reel Diameter 2 1 0 6000 0mm O 08 49 Number of Pulse per 1 10000ppr O Revolution 08 50 Coil Number for Each 0 001 60 000mm O Layer 08 51 Material Thickness 0 001 60 000mm O w 08 52 Filter Time of Reel 0 00 to 100 00 seconds O Diameter 08 53 Auto Compensation of 0 Disable O Reel Diameter 1 Enable w08 54 Current Reel Diameter 1 0 6000 0mm O Smart Start 0 Disable O udin 1 Enable 4 35 Chapter 4 Parameters VZ AT d J Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction 08 56 Switch Level for Smart 0 0 100 0 according to Pr 08 26 15 0 O O O O O Start and PID function 08 57 Frequency for Smart 0 00 600 00Hz 200 JOJO O O Start 08 58 Accel Time for Smart 0 01 600 00 secon
240. ngs actory ISetting 06 21 Fifth Most Recent Fault Record 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT over heat oH1 06 22 Sixth Most Recent Fault Record LE Heat sink over heat 0H2 for 40HP above 18 TH1 IGBT hardware failure tH10 19 TH2 Heat sink hardware failure tH20 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL when it exceeds 15096 rated current 1 min later it will be overload 22 Electronics thermal relay 1 EoL 1 23 Electronics thermal relay 2 EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 25 Fuse error FuSE 26 over torque 1 ot1 2T over torque 1 ot2 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cd0 33 U phase current detection error cd1 34 V phase current detection error cd2 35 W phase current detection error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error HdO 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41 PID feedback loss AFE 42 PG feedback error PGF 1 43 PG feed
241. nsion Line Speed PID Feedback 08 64 Allowance Error Detection 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 O O O O E Time of Tension Line Speed PID Feedback 4 19 Chapter 4 Parameters A Pr Explanation Settings Factory v vFpG svc FOCPG TACPG A Setting 08 65 Error Treatment of 0 Warn and keep operation 0 O O O Tension Line Speed PID 1 Warn and coast to stop Feedback 2 Warn and ramp to stop 08 66 Upper Limit of Tension PID 0 0 100 0 100 0 O O O O O Feedback Lower Limit of Tension PID 0 0 100 0 0 0 O O O O 08 67 Feedback 08 68 Reserved 08 69 DFM Selection 0 Output frequency 0 O O O O 1 Frequency command 08 70 Low pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 sec 0 00 O O Q O O Line Speed 08 71 Reserved 08 75 08 76 Source of Tension Setting 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 78 0 O 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 tension setting Pr 08 78 08 77 Max Tension 0 30000 N 0 O 08 78 Tension Setting 0 30000 N 0 Q 08 79 Source of Zero speed 0 Disable 0 O Tension Setting 1 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 80 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 16 zero speed tension Pr 08 80 08 80 Setting of Zero speed 0 30000 N 0 O Tension 08 81 Source of Tension Taper 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 82 0 O 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 17 tension taper Pr 08 82 08 82 Tension Taper 0 100 0 08 83 Friction Compensa
242. nt The drive will start to accelerate or decelerate back to the operating frequency at which it was running prior to the power loss Ea When executing speed search t he V f curve is operated by group 1 setting The maximum current for the optimum accel decel and start speed search is set by Pr 07 09 4 125 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 a EZN Base Block Speed Search Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Stop operation 1 Speed search starts with last frequency command 2 Speed search starts with minimum output frequency gq This parameter determines the AC motor drive restart method after External Base Block is enabled Ea In PG control mode the AC motor drive will execute the speed search function automatically by the PG speed when this setting isn t set to 0 07 11 M Auto Restart After Fault Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 10 Ea Only after an over current OC or over voltage OV fault occurs the AC motor drive can be reset restarted automatically up to 10 times Ea Setting this parameter to 0 will disable the reset restart operation after any fault has occurred When enabled the AC motor drive will restart with speed search which starts at the frequency before the fault To set the waiting time before restart after a fault please set Pr 07 08 Base Block Time for Speed Search KZI A Speed Search during
243. ntactor and relay of main circuit Check Items Methods and Criterion Maintenance Period Daily Half Year One Year If there are any loose screws Visual and aural inspection If the contact works correctly Visual inspection 6 10 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 W Printed circuit board and connector of main circuit Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance V2 TA Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there are any loose screws and Tighten the screws and press the O connectors connectors firmly in place If there is any peculiar smell and Visual inspection O color change If there is any crack damage Visual inspection O deformation or corrosion If there is any liquid is leaked or F deformation in capacity Visual inspection Cooling fan of cooling system Maintenance Period Check Items Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year Visual aural inspection and turn the If there is any abnormal sound or fan with hand turn off the power o vibration before operation to see if it rotates smoothly If there is any loose screw Tighten the screw O If there is any color change due to Change fan o overheat Ventilation channel of cooling system Maintenance heat sink air intake or air outlet Period Check Item
244. ntion warning Multi function Output 9 24 Operation mode indication 02 39 MO7 25 Forward command 26 Reverse command Multi function Output 10 27 Output when current gt Pr 02 32 nw 02 40 MO8 28 Output when current lt Pr 02 32 29 Output when frequency gt Pr 02 33 Multi function Output 11 30 Output when frequency lt Pr 02 33 M 02 41 s MO9 31 Y connection for the motor coil 32 A connection for the motor coil Multi function Output 12 33 Zero speed actual output frequency 02 42 MOA 34 Zero speed with Stop actual output frequency 35 Error output selection 1 Pr 06 23 36 Error output selection 2 Pr 06 24 37 Error output selection 3 Pr 06 25 38 Error output selection 4 Pr 06 26 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 40 Speed attained including zero speed 41 Multi position attained 42 Crane function 4 7 Chapter 4 Parameters VZ A7 Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQ CPG 43 Motor zero speed output Pr 02 43 44 Max reel diameter attained O 45 Empty reel diameter attained O O 46 Broken belt detection O O 47 Break release at stop O 48 Error PID feedback of tension O O 49 Reserved 50 Reserved w02 15 Multi output Direction 0 65535 O O w02 16 Terminal Count Value 0 65535 O O w02 17 Preliminary Counter 0 65535 O O Value w02 18 Digita
245. ntrol I 1 ASR Auto Speed 0 40 10 O O O 410 06 Regulation Control P 2 10 07 ASR Auto Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 O O O Regulation Control I 2 10 08 ASR 1 ASR2 Switch 5 00 600 00Hz 7 00 O O O Frequency Low Pass Filter Time 0 000 0 350 sec 0 008 O O 41009 of ASR Output 410 10 Encoder Stall Level 0 120 0 disable 115 O O Encoder Stall 0 0 2 0 sec 0 1 Q 410 11 Detection Time 410 12 Encoder Slip Range 0 50 0 disable 50 O O Encoder Slip 0 0 10 0 sec 0 5 O O 410 13 Detection Time 10 44 Encoder Stall and Slip 0 Warn and keep operation 2 3 C Error Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Electrical Gear A 1 5000 100 O O 410 17 pG1 of PG card Electrical Gear B 1 5000 100 o O 410 18 pG2 of PG card Positioning for 0 65535 pulses 0 e O 410 19 Encoder Position Range for Encoder 0 20000 pulses 10 o O 10 20 position Attained w10 21 P Gain of Zero Speed 0 40 10 O O 10 22 I Gain of Zero Speed 0 000 10 000 sec 0 100 O Feed Forward Gain 0 100 30 O O 10 23 of APR Deceleration Time for 0 00 600 00 sec 00 6000 0 sec 3 00 O O 10 24 Internal 3 0 Position Waiting Time for Switching Max Frequency Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 41027 Load A1 Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 410 28 Motor B1 Mechanical Gearat 1 65535 100 O O O 10 29 Load A2 Mechanical Gearat 1 65535 100 O O O 10 30 Motor B2 4 45 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 AT
246. o display the tension taper only During the rewind process the tension setting should be decreased by the increased reel to rewind the material successfully actualtension output A tension tension setting taper 0 B C tension taper B A gt B gt C A emptyreel The reel control is shown as follows actualtension output A tension current reel tension setting taper 0 C tension taper B A gt B gt C current reel max reel 4 157 IV Chapter 4 Parameters 17 2 08 83 m Friction Compensation Unit 1 Control tocpg Factory Setting 0 0 mode Settings 0 0 100 0 Ea It is used for the compensation of dynamic friction and 100 corresponds to the motor rated torque E The compensation coefficient of the friction torque can be got from the inertia estimation in the speed mode Users can adjust by the requirement 08 84 A Compensation Coefficient of Material Inertial Unit 1 Control TocPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 30000 Compensation coefficient of material inertia material density material width Unit for density is kg m and for width is m The material inertia of the reel will be changed by the reel 08 85 X Torque Feed Forward Gain Unit 0 1 Control z cPG Factory Setting 50 0 mode Settings 0 0 100 0 08 86 A Low Pass Filter Time of Torque Feed Forward Unit 0 01 Control rQCcPG Factory Setting 5 00
247. o Pr 08 41 via analog and pulse command When it is set to 2 it can change the setting of Pr 08 41 current line speed via communication gq When it is set to 3 or 4 pulse signal needs to be connected to PG2 of the PG card and then set the PG type by Pr 10 15 When it is set to 3 it needs to use with Pr 08 40 When it is set to 4 Pr 02 18 setting needs to be set to the DFM output value of previous driver as shown in the following before setting Pr 08 38 pitch roller e Wind y the setting of Pr 02 18 of motor 2 the setting of Pr 02 18 of motor 1 motor motor Pr 10 15 of motor 2 should be setto 3 or 4 Driver 1 Driver 2 TP PG2 E DFM A2 S TP 02 18 IA2 DFM B2 E DCM B2 DCM AB2 08 38 Max Line Speed Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1000 0 Settings 0 0 to 3000 0 m min In tension closed loop and open loop mode the max line speed is the reel line speed of the pitch roller that corresponds to the max frequency M In closed loop of line speed setting by the mechanism requirement 4 148 Chapter 4 Parameters 7237 3 08 39 Min Line Speed Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 3000 0 m min Ea When the line speed setting is lower than PR 08 39 the drive will stop calculating the reel diameter 08 40 Pulse Number for Each Meter Unit 0 1 Contr
248. o last data character then calculating the hexadecimal representation of the 2 s complement negation of the sum For example reading 1 word from address 0401H of the AC drive with address 01H STX Address 1 0 Address 0 4 Function 1 0 Function 0 3 T 4 Starting data address ZU F Number of data 7 ZE LRC Check 1 F LRC Check 0 6 END 1 CR END 0 LF 01H 03H 04H 01H 00H 01H 0AH the 2 s complement negation of OAH is F6H RTU mode Address 01H Function 03H Starting data address 21H 02H Number of data 00H count by word 02H CRC CHK Low 6FH CRC CHK High F7H CRC Cyclical Redundancy Check is calculated by the following steps Step 1 Load a 16 bit register called CRC register with FFFFH Step 2 Exclusive OR the first 8 bit byte of the command message with the low order byte of the 16 bit CRC register putting the result in the CRC register Step 3 Examine the LSB of CRC register Step 4 If the LSB of CRC register is O shift the CRC register one bit to the right with MSB zero filling then repeat step 3 If the LSB of CRC register is 1 shift the CRC register one bit to the right with MSB zero filling Exclusive OR the CRC register with the polynomial value A001H then repeat step 3 Step 5 Repeat step 3 and 4 until eight shifts have been performed When this is done a complete 8 bit byte will have been proc
249. oad e Load with power transmission Constant torque Constant output Decreasing torque e e Decreasing output Constant load Load Shock load characteristics Repetitive load e e e e High starting torque Low starting torque Continuous operation Short time operation e Long time operation at medium low speeds Maximum output current instantaneous e Constant output current continuous Maximum frequency Base frequency e Power supply transformer capacity or percentage impedance Voltage fluctuations and unbalance e e Number of phases single phase protection Frequency Mechanical friction losses in wiring e Load type Load speed and torque characteristics Duty cycle modification e C 1 Capacity Formulas Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 C 1 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive VZV 1 When one AC motor drive operates one motor The starting capacity should be less than 1 5x rated capacity of AC motor drive The starting capacity kxN GD N T x 375 1 lt 1 5x the _capacity of _ AC _ motor _drive kVA 973x7xcosp 2 When one AC motor drive operates more than one motor 2 1 The starting capacity should be less than the rated capacity of AC motor drive m Acceleration time lt 60 seconds The starting capacity kxN 1X COS W Acceleration time 260 seconds 142 k 1 nr m iE ns ks J Pol lt 1 5xthe_ capacity_of _ AC _ motor _drive
250. oder EZN Curve Selection Control VF VFPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 V f curve determined by group 01 1 1 5 power curve 2 Square curve Ea When it is set to 0 the V f curve setting for the motor 1 is according to Pr 01 01 Pr 01 08 and Pr 01 35 01 42 are for the motor 2 4 55 Chapter 4 Parameters VZAT Ed When setting to 1 or 2 the settings of the 2 voltage frequency and the 3 voltage frequency are invalid 01 02 voltage 100 N 70 1 5 Power curve 60 50 iy Square curve 10 0 20 40 60 80 E x Constant Variable Torque Selection Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode 01 01 Frequency o Settings 0 Constant Torque 150 1 Variable Torque 120 ca When 1 is selected the oL level is 120 of rated drive current All other overload ratings will not change example 150 of rated drive current for 60 seconds Lg M Optimal Acceleration Deceleration Setting Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 Linear accel decel 1 Auto accel linear decel 2 Linear accel auto decel 3 Auto accel decel auto calculate the accel decel time by actual load 4 Stall prevention by auto accel decel limited by 01 12 to 01 21 gq It can decrease the drive s vibration during load starts and stops by setting this parameter Also it will speed up to the setting frequency with the fastest a
251. ol VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 6000 0 pulse m Ea When Pr 08 37 is set to 3 it needs to be used with this parameter E Current Line Speed Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 to 3000 0 m min Ea The display range of this parameter is according to Pr 08 38 and Pr 08 39 Ea When Pr 08 37 is set to 1 3 or 4 the current line speed will be saved into Pr 08 41 via analog and pulse command At this time Pr 08 41 will be read only Ea When Pr 08 37 is set to 2 the setting of Pr 08 41 current line speed can be changed by communication ET Source of Reel Diameter Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Calculated by line speed 1 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on reel shaft Pr 08 49 51 Pr 10 15 2 Calculated by integrating thickness encoder is on motor Pr 08 23 08 24 08 50 08 51 10 00 10 01 3 Calculated by analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 13 Ea When it is set to 1 or 2 it needs to be used with PG card E When it is set to 1 the reel diameter can be got from the encoder on the reel shaft At this time the pulse signal needs to be connected to the PG2 of PG card and get the reel diameter from the settings of Pr 10 15 Pr 08 49 Pr 08 50 and Pr 08 51 E When it is set to 2 the reel diameter can be calculated from the motor encoder and gear ratio At this time the pulse signal should
252. ommand Check the setting of gearratio Pr 10 27 10 28 i Finish trial run i Ifthe motor can run NO i YES Stop trial run 3 8 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up 1737 3 I Step 4 Inertia estimation Connectthe load and motor Adjust accel decel time I Pr 01 12 01 13 Pr 11 00 2 adjust multi step speed ifit allows the motor NO 414 1 set Pr 04 00 to 1 5 of to forward reverse rated frequency and operation i eg frequency to 4 5 of rated frequency YES Set the operation frequency to 2 3 of motor rated operate the motor i frequency operate the motor observe Pr 11 01 and H I set Pr 02 10 to 4or0 observe Pr 11 01 i i and adjust the operation direction Check if Pr 11 01 NO Check accel decel time setting is CONSUE CIMPSOHISQUSHCK i convergence sering i YES 1 Vv Stop motor running i record Pr 11 01 Pr 11 00 0 v Finish trial run 3 9 Chapter 3 Digital Keypad Operation and Start Up c2 VE 3 2 2 Explanations for the Tuning Steps 3 3 2 1 Step 1 Basic parameters settings for the motor M Make sure that Pr 00 00 identity code of the AC motor drive corresponds with the nameplate indicated on the AC motor drive W Make sure that a
253. on Control tocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 By Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 1 Frequency command source Pr 00 20 0 The function of speed limit In the torque control mode TQCPG when the torque command is larger than the load it will be changed to speed control mode while the motor speed is accelerated to speed limit setting Pr 07 24 Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 to prevent the motor from continuous acceleration torque torque torque A A A motor motor motor R speed speed speed 07 25 00 20 07 25 07 26 07 26 00 20 Pr 07 24 0 Pr 07 24 1 Pr 07 24 1 Running opposite running direction are limited by Pr 07 25 and Pr 07 26 Control mode TQCPG Settings Whenitis forward running the running direction islimited by Pr 00 20 and the opposite running direction is limited by Pr 07 26 A Torque Mode Speed Limit Torque Mode Speed Limit 0 to 120 Whenitis reverse running the running direction is limited by Pr 07 25and the opposite running direction is limited by Pr 00 20 Unit 1 Unit 1 Factory Setting 10 Control SVC These parameters are used in the torque mode to limit the running direction and opposite direction Pr 01 00 max output frequency 100 07 27 Source of Torque Offset mode Settings 0 1 2 3 FOCPG TQCPG Disable Analog input Pr 03 00 Torque offset setting Factory Setting 0 Control by external ter
254. on 4 Pr 06 26 C C O wO2 41 Multi function Output 11 MO9 39 Position attained Pr 10 19 Multi function Output 12 MOA 40 Speed attained including zero OE a M 02 42 speed 41 Multi position attained o 42 Crane function o 4 26 Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 03 00 to Pr 03 20 The settings for Pr 03 00 to Pr 03 02 are from 0 to 10 Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting VFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG 03 00 03 01 03 02 Analog Input 1 AVI Analog Input 2 ACI Analog Input 3 AUI 2 torque command torque limit under speed mode 0 3 Torque compensation command 4 PID target value refer to group 8 5 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 6 P T C thermistor input value T Positive torque limit 8 Negative torque limit 9 Regenerative torque limit 10 Positive negative torque limit w 03 20 Analog Output Value in REV Direction Group 6 Protection Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 06 00 to Pr 06 31 The settings of Pr 06 01 are shown as follows The settings for Pr 06 17 to Pr 06 22 are from 0 to 62 0 Absolute value in REV direction 1 Output OV in REV direction 2 Enable output voltage in REV direction Pr Explanation Settings E
255. or drive W The length of the cable between AC motor drive and motor should be as short as possible 10 to 20 m or less W For models 7 5hp 5 5kW and above Insulation level of motor 1000V 1300V 1600V 460VAC input voltage 66 ft 20m 328 ft 100m 1312 ft 400m 230VAC input voltage 1312 ft 400m 1312 ft 400m 1312 ft 400m W For models 5hp 3 7kW and less Insulation level of motor 1000V 1300V 1600V 460VAC input voltage 66 ft 20m 165 ft 50m 165 ft 50m 230VAC input voltage 328 ft 100m 328 ft 100m 328 ft 100m PMA When a thermal O L relay protected by motor is used between AC motor drive and motor it may malfunction especially for 460V series even if the length of motor cable is only 165 ft 50m or less To prevent it please use AC reactor and or lower the carrier frequency Pr 00 17 PWM carrier frequency PMA Never connect phase lead capacitors or surge absorbers to the output terminals of the AC motor drive m If the length is too long the stray capacitance between cables will increase and may cause leakage current It will activate the protection of over current increase leakage current or not insure the correction of current display The worst case is that AC motor drive may damage m If more than one motor is connected to the AC motor drive the total wiring length is the sum of the wiring length from AC motor drive to each motor B 33 AE App
256. orque 1 29 Insufficient torque 2 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cdO 33 U phase current detection error cd1 34 V phase current detection error cd2 35 W phase current detection error cd3 36 Clamp current detection error Hd0 37 Over current detection error Hd1 38 Over voltage detection error Hd2 39 Ground current detection error Hd3 40 Auto tuning error AuE 41 PID feedback loss AFE 42 PG feedback error PGF1 43 PG feedback loss PGF2 44 PG feedback stall PGF3 45 PG slip error PGF4 46 PG ref input error PGr1 47 PG ref loss PGr2 48 Analog current input loss ACE 49 External fault input EF 50 Emergency stop EF1 51 External Base Block B B 52 Password error PcodE 53 Software error ccodE 54 Communication error cE1 55 Communication error cE2 56 Communication error cE3 57 Communication error cE4 58 Communication Time out cE10 59 PU time out cP10 60 Brake transistor error bF 61 Y connection A connection switch error ydc 62 Decel Energy Backup Error dEb Filter Time for PTC Detection 0 00 10 00sec 020 O O O A 06 31 Group 8 High function PID Parameters In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 08 00 to Pr 08 15 t Explanation Settings i VF VFPG svc FOCPG TQCPG 08 15 Filter Time for PID Feedback 0 1 300 0 sec
257. otocol lt 8 0 1 gt 16 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 E 2 gt 17 Modbus RTU mode protocol lt 8 0 2 gt LI x Response Delay Time Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 2 0 Settings 0 0 200 0 msec E This parameter is the response delay time after AC drive receives communication command as shown in the following 4 170 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 RS 485 BUS PC or PLC command p Response Message A of the AC Drive Handling time Response Delay Time of the AC drive Pr 09 09 09 10 x Transmission Master Frequency Unit 0 01 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 60 00 Settings 0 00 600 00 Hz Ea When Pr 00 20 is set to 1 RS485 communication The AC motor drive will save the last frequency command into Pr 09 10 when abnormal turn off or momentary power loss After re power on it will with the frequency set in Pr 09 10 if there is no new frequency command CERES w Block Transfer 1 Unit 1 PME w Block Transfer 2 Unit 1 UPEKEE w Block Transfer 3 Unit 1 SEMI Block Transfer 4 Unit 1 EXE w Block Transfer 5 Unit 1 UPELE w Block Transfer 6 Unit 1 ral Block Transfer 7 Unit 1 etme w Block Transfer 8 Unit 1 SEM Block Transfer 9 Unit 1 LENE w Block Transfer 10 Unit 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 to 65535 Ea There is a group of block transfer parameter a
258. otor 2 parameters OFF use Lej settings 1 and 2 the motor 1 parameters When the contact is ON the source of the frequency will force to 15 Operation speed be AVI If the operation speed commands are set to AVI ACI command form AVI AP and AUI at the same time The priority is AVI gt ACI gt AUI i When the contact is ON the source of the frequency will force to 16 Operation speed be ACI If the operation speed commands are set to AVI ACI command form ACI NEN and AUI at the same time The priority is AVI gt ACI gt AUI When this function is enabled the source of the frequency will Operation speed force to be AUI If the operation speed commands are set to command form AUI AVI ACI and AUI at the same time The priority is AVI gt ACI gt AUI 18 Emergency Stop 07 36 When the contact is ON the drive will ramp to stop by Pr 07 36 setting 19 Digital Up command When the contact is ON the frequency will be increased and decreased If this function keeps ON the frequency will be 20 Digital Down command increased decreased by Pr 02 07 Pr 02 08 21 PID function disabled When the contact is ON the PID function is disabled When the contact is ON it will clear current counter value and 22 Clear counter display 0 Only when this function is disabled it will keep counting upward Input the counter value The counter value will increase 1 once the contact is ON It 23 multi function inp
259. our 0 O o Phase loss 4 24 A Chapter 4 Parameters 3 a Pr Explanation Settings ED VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TACPG 11 30 Reserved 11 40 4 25 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 a 4 2 Version Differences 4 2 1 Version 2 02 New or update parameter groups are Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Version 2 02 Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters New settings are marked in bold In version 2 02 the parameters are from Pr 02 00 to Pr 02 34 Pr Explanation Settings EE VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 02 01 Multi Function Input Command 1 MI1 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection O O itis Stop terminal for 3 wire operation 02 02 Multi Function Input Command 2 MI2 28 Emergency stop EF1 02 03 Multi Function Input Command 3 MI3 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection 02 04 Multi Function Input Command 4 MI4 30 Signal confirmation for A connection 02 05 Multi Function Input Command 5 MI5 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 02 06 Multi Function Input Command 6 MI6 A p specific terminal for TRG 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 02 23 Multi Function Input Command 7 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 O O O 02 24 Multi Funct
260. p 08 24 5 mechanical deme ato master frequency line speed pitch roller A3 B Motor Gear ratio A B Motor tension feedback AI AFM or DFM line speedinput tat orpG2 operation command operation MO d1 FWD command E wp tension command Al communication frequency digitalkeypad setting AI source of reel diameter 08 42 Drive 1 Drive2 4 140 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al Ea 2 Line speed closed loop speed mode PID output frequency Line speed command 2 08 35 70 1 frequency 08 29 2 08 25 PI 7 T M command 08 29 08 30 08 36 08 35 21 1 08 32 08 33 line speed feedback 08 27 21 08 23 or 08 24 mechanical gearA or B ROSZ Prado Se 08 42 reel diameter master frequenc 08 25 2 08 26 line speed command Sa SE 08 27 1 line speed feedback MuR eee i AB gt Gear ratio Encoder A B Motor 08 27 1 line speed feedback gt PG2 line speed command Alor communication source of reel diameter 08 42 drive 4 141 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 57 a CI 4 Tension open loop torque mode Torque N M F D 2 F tension N D reel diameter m torque compensation 08 83 08 86 tension setting tension ober i torque 08 76 08 79 08 81 orque value torque calculation 1 command reel diameter 08 42 08 42 reel diameter
261. pecified temperature range Heatsink Make sure that the ventilation holes are overheating not obstructed oHe Heat sink Remove any foreign objects from the temperature exceeds heatsinks and check for possible dirty 90 C heat sink fins Check the fan and clean it Provide enough spacing for adequate ventilation i Make sure that the motor is not Motor overheating bstructed The AC motor drive acy Ensure that the ambient temperature oH3 detecte thatthe falls within the specified temperature internal temperature range exceeds Er 06 90 Take the next higher power AC motor PTC level dri rive model cH io Return to the factory tHeo Return to the factory ER 1 Make sure that the fan is not obstructed m 2 Return to the factory Overload The AC motor drive detects excessive oe i m Check whether the motor is overloaded OL dri d Take the next higher power AC motor rive can withstand drive model up to 150 of the g rated current for a maximum of 60 seconds Check the setting of electronics thermal fol Electronics thermal relay Pr 06 14 oY relay 1 protection Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Check the setting of electronics thermal Eos Electronics thermal relay Pr 06 28 or relay 2 protection Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Broken fuse Check whether the fuse of the transistor FUSE The fuse at DC side module is functioning well is broken for 30hp and below Check whether the loading side is shor
262. pendix D Publication History sees D 1 Chapter 1 Introduction The AC motor drive should be kept in the shipping carton or crate before installation In order to retain the warranty coverage the AC motor drive should be stored properly when it is not to be used for an extended period of time Storage conditions are ZANEMIEM oP ONS Store in a clean and dry location free from direct sunlight or corrosive fumes Store within an ambient temperature range of 10 C to 40 C Store within a relative humidity range of 0 to 90 and non condensing environment Store within an air pressure range of 86 kPA to 106kPA DO NOT place on the ground directly It should be stored properly Moreover if the surrounding environment is humid you should put exsiccator in the package DO NOT store in an area with rapid changes in temperature It may cause condensation and frost If the AC motor drive is stored for more than 3 months the temperature should not be higher than 30 C Storage longer than one year is not recommended it could result in the degradation of the electrolytic capacitors When the AC motor drive is not used for longer time after installation on building sites or places with humidity and dust it s best to move the AC motor drive to an environment as stated above 1 1 Chapter 1 Introduction 72 474 1 1 Receiving and Inspection This VFD VE AC motor drive has gone through rigorous quality con
263. pensation Ea When Pr 05 22 and Pr 05 23 are set to 10 00 seconds its response time for the compensation will be the longest But if the settings are too short unstable system may occur 4 107 Le Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 EZ A Torque Compensation Gain Unit 1 Control VF VFPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 to10 LU This parameter may be set so that the AC motor drive will increase its voltage output to obtain a higher torque Only to be used for SVC control mode an Too high torque compensation can overheat the motor EZ Slip Compensation Gain Unit 0 01 Control VF svc Factory setting 0 00 mode Settings 0 00 to10 00 LU When the asynchronous motor is driven by the drive the load and slip will be increased This parameter can be used to correct frequency compensation and lower the slip to make the motor can run near the synchronous speed under rated current When the output current is larger than the motor no load current the drive will compensate the frequency by Pr 05 25 setting If the actual speed is slower than expectation please increase the setting and vice versa Ea It is only valid in SVC VF mode CJ The factory settings are A In SVC mode the factory setting is 1 00 B In VF mode the factory setting is 0 00 KZT m Slip Deviation Level Unit 1 Control VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 to 1000 0 disable 05 27 Detection time of Slip
264. prevention or over current protection Therefore please use the low voltage at the low frequency to prevent motor damage Pr 01 35 to Pr 01 42 is the V f curve for the motor 2 When multi function input terminals Pr 02 01 to Pr 02 14 is set to 14 and enabled or switch to the A connection the AC motor drive will act as the 2nd V f curve The V f curve for the motor 1 is shown as follows The V f curve for the motor 2 can be deduced from it Voltage Output Frequency st Qutput Output Frequency o o Upper Limit Voltage Setin Lo LowerLimit s 2nd Output Voltage Settin b 01 02 3rd Output Voltage Setting gt 01 08 i 4th Output ERSTE T 4 Frequ ency output p ranges limitation i ex 4 ee Regular V f Curve i 4 1 Special V f Curve Voltage Setting i i i Fre i i quenc 01 08 01 07 01 09 01 05 01 03 01 01 01 00 7 4th Freq 3rd Freq 1st Freq Maximum Output Start Freq 2nd Freq Frequency V f Curve 4 63 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 37 A Start Frequency Unit 0 01 me VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz gq When start frequency is higher than the min output frequency drives output will be from start frequency to the setting frequency Please refer to the following diagram for details gq Fcmd frequency command Fstart start frequency Pr 01 09 fstart actual start frequency of drive Fmin 4th output freque
265. put 13 cancel the setting of the optimal 0 O O O O Command 7 acceleration deceleration time 0224 Multi Function Input 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 0 O O Command 8 02 25 kaka Input 15 operation speed command form AVI 0 O OfO O ommand 9 02 26 Multi Function Input 0 O O O O Command 10 16 operation speed command form ACI 02 27 Multi Function Input 17 operation speed command form AUI 0 O O TO O Command 11 02 28 Multi Function Input 0 O O O O Command 12 18 Emergency Stop Pr 07 36 02 29 Multi Function Input 0 O O O O Command 13 19 Digital Up command 02 30 P Input 20 Digital Down command p OVO 190 S 21 PID function disabled 22 clear counter 23 input the counter value multi function input command 6 24 FWD JOG command 25 REV JOG command 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode selection 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection 28 Emergency stop EF1 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection 30 Signal confirmation for A connection 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 34 Enable multi step position control 35 Enable position control 36 Enable multi step position learning function valid at stop 37 Enable pulse position input command 38 Disable write EEPROM function 39 Torque command direction 40 Force stop 41 Serial position clock 42 Serial position input 43 Analog input resolution selection 44 Enable initial reel diame
266. put terminals set to 43 Ea This parameter is used to set the level of motor zero speed When the actual speed is lower than this setting the corresponding multi function output terminal 43 will be ON as shown as follows A actual motor speed yr E E 3 m gt MO d43 Time 4 93 Le Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters x Analog Input 1 AVI Factory Setting 1 Analog Input 2 ACI Factory Setting 0 Analog Input 3 AUI Factory Setting 0 Control Mode Settings VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function O O O O O 1 Frequency command torque limit under TQR control O O O D O mode 2 torque command torque limit under speed mode O 3 Torque compensation command O O O O O 4 PID target value refer to group 8 O O O 5 PID feedback signal refer to group 8 O 8 O C 6 P T C thermistor input value O C O C O 7 Positive torque limit 8 Negative torque limit 9 Regenerative torque limit 10 Positive negative torque limit 11 PID feedback signal of tension O O O O O 12 Line speed O C O O O 13 Reel diameter O O O O O 14 PID target value of tension tension closed loop O O O O O 15 Tension setting tension open loop O 16 Zero speed tension O 17 Tension taper O When it is frequency command or TQC speed limit the corresponding value for 0
267. r 2 Z1 Z1 phase input Maximum 300kP sec A2 A2 Input signal Input type is selected by AB2 It can be 1 phase or 2 B2 B2 phase input Maximum 300kP sec AIO BIO Z O Output signal It has division frequency function Pr 10 16 Line driver max output DC5V 50mA Grounding 2 Wiring Notes a Please use a shielded cable to prevent interference Do not run control wires parallel to any high voltage AC power line 200 V and above B 27 Appendix B Accessories 17 3 a b Recommended wire size 0 21 to 0 81mm AWG24 to AWG18 3 Wire length wire length and signal frequency are in inverse proportion Types of Pulse l 7 Generators Maximum Wire Length Wire Gauge Output Voltage 50m Open Collector 50m 2 1 25mm AWG16 or above Line Driver 300m Complementary 70m 4 Basic Wiring Diagram wiring 1 jumper _ Braking resistor optional Non fu se breaker dis NEB 41 2 B1 B2 R i RIL1 U T1 V Motor S L2 VIT2 M T T L3 W T3 w 3 FWD STOP UB REV STOP_ zi REV Multi step 1 MM EA MA Factory Multi step2 Nie PALA setting Multi step 3_ MI3 DCM Multi step 4_ M MI4 1 Alo No function MIS t Bic PG a No function MI6 inre Line driver Digital Signal Common DCM NEZ 1 2105 T incre mental encoder AO VP f AO A2 BO A20 manual pulse generator BO B20 _ MPG ZO B204 10 17 ZO DCM 10 18 oo Line driver EVV FGO1L B 28 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V
268. r drive or grounding should be fixed on the metal plate and the contact area should be as large as possible Choose suitable motor cable and precautions Improper installation and choice of motor cable will affect the performance of EMI filter Be sure to observe the following precautions when selecting motor cable 1 Use the cable with shielding double shielding is the best 2 The shielding on both ends of the motor cable should be grounded with the minimum length and maximum contact area 3 Remove any paint on metal saddle for good ground contact with the plate and shielding Remove any paint on metal saddle for good ground contact with the plate and shielding WHIM TRIN Md LLL ay saddle L the plate with grounding Saddle on both ends XN RR a 3 jo R RZ NA A goes i R Saddle on one end B 32 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 The length of motor cable SS A Appendix B Accessories 1757 3 When motor is driven by an AC motor drive of PWM type the motor terminals will experience surge voltages easily due to components conversion of AC motor drive and cable capacitance When the motor cable is very long especially for the 460V series surge voltages may reduce insulation quality To prevent this situation please follow the rules below W Use a motor with enhanced insulation W Connect an output reactor optional to the output terminals of the AC mot
269. r programming MI3 Multifunction Input 3 the Multi function Inputs MIA Multi function Input 4 ON the activation current is 6 5mA OFF leakage current tolerance is 10HA MI5 Multi function Input 5 MI6 Multi function Input 6 Digital Frequency Meter Pulse voltage output monitor signal Open Collector Output proportional to output frequency DFM DCM Max 48V Duty cycle 5096 ak 50mA Ratio Pr 02 18 DFM 50 Min load 4 7KQ L Max current 50mA 100 Max voltage 48Vdc internal circuit Jumper DFM jumper factory setting is OC DCM Digital Signal Common Common for digital inputs and used for SINK mode RA Multi function Relay Output 1 N O a Resistive Load 5A N O 3A N C 240VAC RB 6 Relay Output 1 5 N O 3A N C 24VDC a Inductive Load 1 5A N O 0 5A N C 240VAC RC Multi function Relay Common 1 5A N O 0 5A N C 24VDC Multi function Relay Output 2 To output monitor signal including in operation MRA N O a frequency arrival overload and etc Refer to Pr 02 11 02 12 for programming MRC Multi function Relay Common 2 13 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 72 274 Terminal A Factory Settings SINK Terminal Function Symbol ON Connect to DCM 10V Potentiometer Power Supply 10VDC 20mA variable resistor 3 5kohm MCM Multi function Output Max 48VDC 50mA Common Photocoupler Multi function Output 1 Maximum 48VDC 50mA
270. rQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 30000 N Pr 08 78 will be read only when Pr 08 76 is set to 1 The analog input 10V corresponds to Pr 08 77 KZI Source of Zero speed Tension Setting Control T CcPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 80 2 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 16 zero speed tension Pr 08 80 Ea When Pr 08 79 is set to 1 Pr 08 80 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan text panel PLC product TP series via communication When Pr 08 79 is set to 2 and one of Pr 03 00 03 02 16 Pr 08 80 only displays tension setting 08 80 X Setting of Zero speed Tension Unit 1 Control rQCcPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 30000 N Pr 08 80 is read only when Pr 08 79 is set to 2 The input analog 10V corresponds to Pr 08 77 08 81 Source of Tension Taper Control rocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 82 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 17 tension taper Pr 08 82 4 156 ya w Tension Taper Chapter 4 Parameters YZZY Unit 1 Control tocpg Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 100 Ea When Pr 08 81 is set to 0 Pr 08 82 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan text panel PLC product TP series via communication When Pr 08 81 is set to 1 and one of Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 17 Pr 08 82 is used t
271. re The grounding terminal should comply with the local regulation and ground independently i e not to have common ground with electric welding machine and power equipment Connect a noise filter at the input terminal of the AC motor drive to prevent noise from power circuit In a word three level solutions for electromagnetic noise are no product no spread and no receive 5 14 Environmental Condition Since AC motor drive is an electronic device you should comply with the environmental condition stated in the appendix A Following are the remedial measures for necessary To prevent vibration anti vibration spacer is the last choice The vibration tolerance must be within the specification The vibration effect is equal to the mechanical stress and it cannot occur frequently continuously or repeatedly to prevent damaging AC motor drive Store in a clean and dry location free from corrosive fumes dust to prevent rustiness poor contact It also may cause short by low insulation in a humid location The solution is to use both paint and dust proof For particular occasion use the enclosure with whole seal structure The surrounding temperature should be within the specification Too high or low temperature will affect the lifetime and reliability For semiconductor components damage will occur once any specification is out of range Therefore it is necessary to clean and periodical check for the air cleaner and cooling fan besides
272. re especially sensitive to static electricity To prevent damage to these components do not touch these components or the circuit boards with metal objects or your bare hands Only qualified persons are allowed to install wire and maintain AC motor drives ZANE Some parameters settings can cause the motor to run immediately after applying power DO NOT install the AC motor drive in a place subjected to high temperature direct sunlight high humidity excessive vibration corrosive gases or liquids or airborne dust or metallic particles Only use AC motor drives within specification Failure to comply may result in fire explosion or electric shock To prevent personal injury please keep children and unqualified people away from the equipment When the motor cable between AC motor drive and motor is too long the layer insulation of the motor may be damaged Please use a frequency inverter duty motor or add an AC output reactor to prevent damage to the motor Refer to appendix B Reactor for details The rated voltage for AC motor drive must be lt 240V lt 480V for 460V models and the mains supply current capacity must be lt 5000A RMS lt 10000A RMS for the gt 40hp 30kW models Table of Contents Preface m M i Table of Contents asearen iaaa aaaea nennen nnne nn iii Chapter 1 Introduction 2 ic ceux scan eun Go ca rna caa zcen Ure Dora ii 1 1 1 1 Receiving and Inspection
273. ries 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 440 0 Ea These are for the base frequency and motor rated frequency Ea This value should be set according to the rated voltage of the motor as indicated on the motor nameplate If the motor is 220V the setting should be 220 0 If the motor is 200V it should be set to 200 0 Ea There are many motor types in the market and the power system for each country is also difference The economic and convenience method to solve this problem is to install the AC motor drive There is no problem to use with the different voltage and frequency and also can amplify the original characteristic and life of the motor 4 61 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 237 al 2nd Output Frequency Setting 1 Unit 0 01 pork VF VFPG Factory setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 04 x 2nd Output Voltage Setting 1 Unit 0 1 Control VF vFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 01 37 2nd Output Frequency Setting 2 Unit 0 01 zo VF VFPG Factory setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 38 x 2nd Output Voltage Setting 2 Unit 0 1 Control VF vrFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255 0V Factory Setting 5 0 460V series 0 1 to 510 0V Factory Setting 10 0 01 05 3rd Output Frequency Setting 1 Unit 0 01 pei VF VFPG Factory Setting 0 50 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz 01 06 A 3rd Output Voltage Setting 1 Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG Settings 230V series 0 1 to 255
274. ring constant speed operation stop operation after detection 3 over torque detection during operation continue to operate after detection 4 over torque detection during operation stop operation after detection 06 10 Over torque Detection 10 250 100 drive s rated current 150 O O O O Level OT2 Over torque Detection 0 0 60 0 sec 0 1 O O o O 06 11 rime o2 06 12 Current Limit 0 250 100 drive s rated current 150 06 13 Electronic Thermal Relay 0 Inverter motor 2 O O O O Selection Motor 1 1 Standard motor 2 Disable Electronic Thermal 30 0 600 0 sec 60 0 O O O O 406514 Characteristic for Motor 1 Heat Sink Over heat 0 0 110 0 C 85 0 O O O O 706 15 OH Warning Stall Prevention Limit 0 100 refer to Pr 06 03 Pr 06 04 50 O O O 06 16 Level 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault 0 1 Over current during acceleration ocA 06 18 Second Most Recent 2 Over current during deceleration ocd 0 5 Fault Record 3 Over current during constant speed ocn 4 Ground fault GFF 06 19 Third Most Recent Fault 5 IGBT short circuit occ 0 Record 6 Over curent at stop ocS T Over voltage during acceleration ovA 06 20 Fourth Most Recent 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 0 Fault Record 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA Pr mr Chapter 4 Parameters 17 Explanation d Setti
275. rward run command and phase B leads in a reverse run command 2 Phase B leads in a forward run command and phase A leads in a reverse run command 3 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input reverse direction high input forward direction 4 Phase A is a pulse input and phase B is a direction input low input forward direction high input reverse direction Output Setting for 1 255 1 O O O 10 16 Frequency Division denominator Electrical Gear A PG 1 5000 100 O O A107 of PG card Electrical Gear B PG2 1 5000 100 Q e X10 18 PG card Positioning for 0 65535 pulses 0 Q O 410 19 Encoder Position 10 20 Range for Encoder 0 20000 pulses 10 O O Position Attained 4 23 Chapter 4 Parameters VZV A E Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF SVC FOCPG TQCPG 10 21 P Gain of Zero Speed 0740 10 O O w10 22 Gain of Zero Speed 0000 10 000 sec 0 100 O O Feed Forward Gain of 0 100 30 O M 10 23 APR Deceleration Time for 0 00 600 00 sec 00 6000 0 sec 3 00 O O M 10 24 Internal 3 0 Position Waiting Time for Switching Max Frequency w10 25 Max Frequency for 0 00 600 00Hz 50 00 O O O O O Resolution Switch 10 26 _ Reserved Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 71027 Load At Mechanical Gear at 1 65535 100 O O O 41028 Motor B1 Mechani
276. s Methods and Criterion Dail Half One Y Year Year If there is any obstruction in the Visual inspection O 6 11 Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 17 5 a This page intentionally left blank 6 12 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix A Specifications Voltage Class 230V Class Model Number VFD XXXV 300 370 Max Applicable Motor Output KW 0 75 1 5 22 Max Applicable Motor Output hp Rated Output Capacity kVA Ere s 2 2 9 6 5 EJEIERERCOESETE eps 55 teers OB Curren er 50 75 11 17 25 33 49 65 75 120 146 Constant Torque A o E E Varia ie Tor e 3 182 Variable Torque A 2 3 Maximum Output Voltage V 3 Phase Proportional to Input Voltage Output Frequency Hz 0 00 600 00 Hz Cmereweey We es g Rated nputCurent A 94 33 55 1 m T5 T3 T2 T3 6 5 we 126 Rated Voltage Frequency 3 phase a 200 240V 50 60Hz El Voltage Tolerance 10 180 264 V Frequency Tolerance 5 47 63 Hz Cooling Method Fan Cooled Weight kg 27 32 s5 8 o 15 5 55 35 6 6 Voltage Class 460V Class Model Number vrD3oo 007 01s oz2 oor oss ors 110 150 165220 aoo aro 460 sso 760 vereint uns a or ose n sla Verre a n o sa row e n m e m o e Ete rines 3 0 4 2 8 5 13 18 24 32 38 45 73 91 110 150 Constant Torque A s Gener m e ee ra v e oo e w v
277. s max min Illegal data value value Data is written to read only address Communication time out COM1 exceeds Check if the wiring for the communication is Pr 09 03 setting correct COM2 exceeds Pr 09 07 setting Keypad KPV CE01 communication time out COM1 exceeds Pr 09 03 setting COM2 exceeds Pr 09 07 setting If the fault code is still displayed on the keypad Brake resistor fault after pressing RESET key please return to the factory Y connection A 1 Check the wiring of the Y connection A connection switch connection error Check the parameters settings When Pr 07 13 is not set to 0 and momentary power off 1 Set Pr 07 13 to 0 or power cut it will Check if input power is stable display dEb during accel decel stop It will be displayed Check if motor parameter is correct please when slip exceeds decrease the load if overload Pr 05 26 setting and time exceeds Pr 05 5 Check the settings of Pr 05 26 and Pr 05 27 setting 27 Check if the communication address is correct Check if the wiring for the communication is correct Check if there is any wrong with the keypad Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance Fault Descriptions Fault Name coco 6 1 2 Reset It will be displayed when broken belt detection function is enabled Pr 08 59 allowance error is higher than Pr 08 61 and detection time exceeds Pr 08 62 It will be displaye
278. sable Prevention 350 0 450 0Vdc 380 0 700 0 900 0Vdc 760 0 06 17 Present Fault Record 0 No fault 0 1 Over current during acceleration ocA 06 18 Second Most Recent 2 Over current during deceleration ocd 0 Fault Record 3 Over current during constant speed ocn 4 Ground fault GFF 06 19 Third Most Recent Fault 5 IGBT short circuit occ 0 Record 6 Over curent at stop ocS 7 Over voltage during acceleration ovA 06 20 Fourth Most Recent 8 Over voltage during deceleration ovd 0 Fault Record 9 Over voltage during constant speed ovn 10 Over voltage at stop ovS 11 Low voltage during acceleration LvA 06 21 Fifth Most Recent Fault 12 Low voltage during deceleration Lvd Record 13 Low voltage during constant speed Lvn 14 Low voltage at stop LvS 0 15 Phase loss PHL 16 IGBT heat sink over heat oH1 06 22 Sixth Most Recent Fault 17 Heat sink over heat 0H2 for 40HP above 0 Record 18 TH1 open loop error tH10 19 TH2 open loop error tH20 20 Fan error signal output 21 over load oL 15096 1Min 22 Motor 1 over load EoL1 23 Motor 2 over load EoL2 24 Motor PTC overheat 0H3 use error FUSE ver torque 1 ot1 2T over torque 1 ot2 28 Reserved 29 Reserved 30 Memory write in error cF1 31 Memory read out error cF2 32 Isum current detection error cdO 33 U phase current detection error cd1 34 V phase current detection error cd2 35 W
279. sed to set the coil number that a reel needs to increase a layer 4 151 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 3 08 51 Material Thickness Unit 0 001 si VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 000 Settings 0 001 to 60 000mm Ea It is used to set the thickness of the material 08 52 M Filter Time of Reel Diameter Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 00 Settings 0 00 to 100 00 sec E This parameter can be used to improve unstable of the source of reel diameter Pr 08 42 Erg Auto Compensation of Reel Diameter Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable gq This parameter is only valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 and Pr 08 37 is not set to 0 It can use this parameter for auto compensation of reel diameter when the mechanical gear ratio or line speed can t be accurate 08 54 x Current Reel Diameter Unit 0 1 Control vF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 1 0 Settings 1 0 to 6000 0 mm When the AC motor drive is not at STOP this parameter is read only KEJ Smart Start Function Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 In unwind mode rewind in reverse direction 08 56 Switch Level for Smart Start and PID Function Unit 1 Control VF VEPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 15 0 Settings 0 0 100 0 according to Pr 08 26 4 152 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 3 En E
280. speed 4 command 4 multi step position command 4 After the error of the drive is eliminated use this terminal to 5 Reset reset the drive 6 JOG Command JOG operation Accaleration deceleration When this function is enabled acceleration and deceleration is 7 pe stopped and the AC motor drive start to accel decel from the Speed Inhibit ET inhibit point The 1 2 acceleration The acceleration deceleration time of the drive could be 8 or deceleration time selected from this function or the digital statuses of the selection terminals there are 4 acceleration deceleration speeds in total xm for selection The 3 4 acceleration 9 or deceleration time selection 10 EF Input External fault input terminal When this contact is ON output of the drive will be cut off 11 B B Input immediately and the motor will be free run and display B B signal Refer to Pr 07 08 for details If this contact is ON output of the drive will be cut off 12 Output Stop immediately and the motor will then be free run And once it is turned to OFF the drive will accelerate to the setting frequency 43 Cancel the setting of the Before using this function Pr 00 13 should be set to 01 02 03 04 optimal accel decel time first When this function is enabled OFF is for auto mode and Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al Settings Functions Descriptions ON is for linear accel decel Switch between drive When the contact is ON use the m
281. t circuit Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance 17 3 Fault Name Fault Descriptions These two fault codes will be displayed when output current exceeds the over torque detection level 2 Pr 06 07 or Pr 06 10 and exceeds 3 over torque detection Pr 06 08 or Pr 06 11 and it is set 2 or 4 in Pr 06 06 or Pr 06 09 Internal EEPROM can not be programmed ote Internal EEPROM 1 can not be read 2 Re power on to try it If fault code is still displayed on the keypad please return to the factory cc E redit clamp HdG AY Corrective Actions Check whether the motor is overloaded Check whether motor rated current setting Pr 05 01 is suitable Take the next higher power AC motor drive model Press RESET key to the factory setting Return to the factory Press RESET key to the factory setting Return to the factory Re power on to try it If fault code is still Hd i OC hardware error FO hardware error displayed on the keypad please return to the PEFS PG slip error 3 br 1 Pulse input error 1 72 Pulse input loss 2 RCE ACI loss A 1 EF External Fault 2 EF Emergency stop 2 Hde OV hardware error factory Hd3 GFF hardware error An Auto tuning error 1 Check cabling between drive and motor id 9 2 Retry again c 5 Check the wiring of the PID feedback AFE PIB loss ACI Check the PID parameters settings re Chak if Pr 10 01 is set
282. t at STOP 2 Master Frequency Active when the AC motor drive reaches the output frequency Attained setting 3 Besmedrrequensy Active when the desired frequency Pr 02 19 is attained Attained 1 Pr 02 19 4 Desired Frequency Active when the desired frequency Pr 02 21 is attained Attained 2 Pr 02 21 5 Zero Speed frequency Active when frequency command 0 the drive should be at command RUN mode 6 Zero Speed with Stop Active when frequency command 0 or stop frequency command 4 84 Chapter 4 Parameters 1 7 37 Settings Functions Descriptions Over Torque OT1 Active when detecting over torque Refer to Pr 06 06 over torque detection selection OT 1 Pr 06 07 over torque Pr 06 06 06 08 detection level OT1 and Pr 06 08 over torque detection time OT1 Active when detecting over torque Refer to Pr 06 09 over 8 Over Torque OT2 torque detection selection OT2 Pr 06 10 over torque Pr 06 09 06 11 detection level OT2 and Pr 06 11 over torque detection time OT2 9 Drive Ready Active when the drive is ON and no abnormality detected 10 User defined Low Active when the DC Bus voltage is too low refer to Pr 06 00 voltage Detection low voltage level 11 Malfunction Indication Active when fault occurs except Lv stop Mechanical Brake When drive runs after Pr 02 31 it will be ON This function 12 should be used with DC brake and it
283. t is 1 the corresponding output acts in the opposite way Example If Pr02 11 1 and Pr02 15 0 Relay 1 RA RC is closed when the drive runs and is open when the drive is stopped If Pr02 1121 and Pr02 15 1 Relay 1 RA RC is open when the drive runs and is closed when the drive is stopped 4 88 Chapter 4 Parameters 17 5 al Bit setting bits bit2 biti bito MO2 MO1 RA MRA vee 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 1 1 3 0 1 0 0 4 0 1 0 1 5 0 1 1 0 6 0 1 1 1 7 1 0 0 0 8 1 0 0 1 9 1 0 1 0 10 1 0 1 1 11 1 1 0 0 12 1 1 0 1 13 1 1 1 0 14 1 1 1 1 15 02 46 A Terminal Count Value Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 65535 E The counter trigger can be set by the multi function terminal MI6 set Pr 02 06 to 23 a Upon completion of counting the specified output terminal will be activated Pr 02 11 to Pr 02 14 is set to 17 When the display shows c5555 the drive has counted 5 555 times If display shows c5555e it means that real counter value is between 55 550 to 55 559 02 17 m Preliminary Count Value Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory setting 0 Settings 0 65535 Ea When the counter value reaches this value the corresponding multi function output terminal will be activated provided one of Pr 02 11 to 02 14 set to 18 Preliminary Count Value Setting This parameter can be used
284. ted correctly and the AC drive is properly grounded Ground resistance should not exceed 0 1 W Use ground leads that comply with local regulations and keep them as short as possible W Multiple VFD VE units can be installed in one location All the units should be grounded directly to a common ground terminal as shown in the figure below Ensure there are no x excellent good not allowed ground loops Rmr Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 17 3 2 3 2 Main Circuit Terminals Frame B Main circuit terminals y R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 1 2 B1 B2 Models Wire Torque Wire Type VFD007V23A 2 VFD007V43A 2 VFD015V23A 2 VFD015V43A 2 44 10 AWG 18kgf cm Stranded 1 VFD022v23A 2 2 1 5 3mm 15 6in Ibf M VFDO22V43A 2 VFD037V23A 2 VFD037V43A 2 p Ru is 2 ras Frame C Main circuit terminals R L1 S L2 T L3 U T1 V T2 W T3 1 2 B1 B2 J Toll
285. ter 45 Reset initial reel diameter 1 46 Reset initial reel diameter 2 47 Reset PID control integration of tension ooo Chapter 4 Parameters VZV Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting 48 Mechanical gear ratio switch 49 Enable Drive 50 Reserved w 02 11 Multi function Output 1 RA RB RC Relay1 No function Operation indication 02 12 Multi function Output 2 MRA MRC Relay2 Operation speed attained Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 02 13 Multi function Output 3 MO1 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 Zero speed frequency command Zero speed with stop frequency command Over torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 o J o of A wfnl lo Over torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 02 14 Multi function Output 4 MO2 Drive ready User defined Low voltage Detection 11 Malfunction indication 02 35 02 36 Multi function Output 5 MO3 Multi function Output 6 MO4 12 Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 13 Overheat 14 15 Software brake signal indication PID feedback error 16 Slip error OSL 17 Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 02 37 Multi function Output 7 MOS 18 Preliminary count value
286. th wire length and signal frequency are in inverse proportion Eos of Pulse Maximum Wire Length Wire Gauge enerators Output Voltage 50m Open Collector 50m 2 1 25mm AWG16 or above Line Driver 300m Complementary 70m 4 Basic Wiring Diagram wiring 1 jumper Brake resistor L dp optional No fuse breaker NFB 1 2 B1 B2 R ORU UM U i Motor S S L2 VIT2 V sM T gt O TL3 WIT3 w gt 24V FWD STOP m REvistop D o i REV pe E Multi step 1 MM ype Multi step2 DCMc Multi step 3 a d Factory 1 p 45 MI3 ATO setting Multi step 4 wi c PG No function MI5 i Blo Line driver No function MIE ZAG Digital Signal Common ee Zale Cum ccc ep eM 1 HELL incremental encoder F multi function MA input e terminals i A2 t f manual pulse generator ASBZ e MPG B20 10 17 EMV PG01X DCM 10 18 Line driver B 19 Appendix B Accessories 7737 3 wiring 2 jumper X Brake resistor Er optional No fuse breaker 1 2 B1 Bo NFB gt R O GORILI U T1 YO s 0 OSL V2 Y aM T_ 6 S amp S 05 TIL38 WIT3 w FWD STOP E REV STOP REV c4 Multi step 1 MIA vphl t I if Multi step 2 DCM Multi step 3 ue ALG Factory 4 Po M3 t Ato y setting Multi step 4 M4 B1 RED No function MI5 B1 Linedriver No function M
287. the AC motor drive to use DEB function with deceleration time via EF 07 15 A Dwell Time at Accel Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 to 600 00 sec 4 128 Chapter 4 Parameters 73 a 07 16 Dwell Frequency at Accel Unit 0 01 Control mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 Hz VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 07 17 X Dwell Time at Decel Unit 0 01 Control mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 sec VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 0718 Dwell Frequency at Decel Unit 0 01 Control mode Settings 0 00 to 600 00 Hz VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Ea In the heavy load situation Dwell can make stable output frequency temporarily Ea Pr 07 15 to Pr 07 18 is for heavy load to prevent OV or OC occurs Frequency 07 18 07 16 i Dwell B 107 17 Frequency E Dwell Time at Decel requency 57 17 at Decel at Accel Dwell Time I atAccel i Time Dwell at accel decel Lg A Fan Control Control mode Settings VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Fan always ON Factory Setting 0 0 1 1 minute after AC motor drive stops fan will be OFF 2 AC motor drive runs and fan ON AC motor drive stops and fan OFF 3 Fan ON to run when preliminary heat sink temperature around 60 C attained 4 Fan always OFF This parameter is used for the fan control 4 129 7 Chapter 4 Parameters 7272 A Torqu
288. this moment 4 154 Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al 08 66 Upper Limit of Tension PID Feedback Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 100 0 mode Settings 0 0 100 0 08 67 Lower Limit of Tension PID Feedback Unit 0 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 100 0 Ea It is valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 08 68 Reserved KZT DFM Selection Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Output frequency 1 Frequency command 08 70 A Low pass Filter Time of Line Speed Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 00 Settings 0 00 100 00 sec Ea It is used to suppress the oscillation of line speed ES Source of Tension Setting Control rQcPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 Communication RS 485 Pr 08 78 1 Analog input Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 tension setting Pr 08 78 a Pr 08 76 08 86 are valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 4 Ea When Pr 08 76 is set to 0 Pr 08 78 setting can be changed by inputting the digital keypad HMI page plan or text panel PLC product TP series via communication Ea When Pr 08 76 is set to 1 and one of Pr 03 00 03 02 is set to 15 Pr 08 78 will display the tension setting 4 155 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 al ELM Max Tension Unit 1 Control zQcPG Factory Setting 0 mode Settings 0 30000 N KZI X Tension Setting Unit 1 Control
289. tion 0 0 100 0 0 0 08 84 Compensation Coefficient 0 30000 0 DJ of Material Inertial 08 85 Torque Feedforward Gain 0 0 100 0 50 0 08 86 Low Pass Filter Time of 0 00 100 00 5 00 O Torque Feedforward 08 87 Reserved 08 99 4 20 Group 9 Communication Parameters Chapter 4 Parameters 72 x n Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting Communication 1 254 1 709 00 Address w09 01 COM Transmission 4 8 115 2Kbps 9 6 Speed w09 02 COM1 Transmission 0 Warn and keep operation 3 O O e O O Fault Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop 3 No warning and keep operation COM1 Time out 0 0 100 0 sec 0 0 O O O O O 708 03 Detection COM1 Communication 0 7N1 ASCII 1 O O O O 408 04 protocol 1 7N2 ASCII 2 7E1 ASCII 3 701 ASCII 4 7E2 ASCII 5 702 ASCII 6 8N1 ASCII 7 8N2 ASCII 8 8E1 ASCII 9 801 ASCII 10 8E2 ASCII 11 802 ASCII 12 8N1 RTU 13 8N2 RTU 14 8E1 RTU 15 801 RTU 16 8E2 RTU 17 802 RTU COM2 Transmission 4 8 115 2Kbps 9 6 O O O O O A 09 05 Speed Keypad w09 06 COM2 Transmission 0 Warn and keep operation 3 O O O O Fault Treatment 1 Warn and ramp to stop Keypad 2 Warn and coast to stop 3 No warning and keep operation COM2 Time out 0 0 100 0 sec 0 0 O O O O O 409 07 Detection Keypad 7 09 08 COM2 Communication 0 7N1 ASCII 13 O O O O O Protocol
290. tioning output frequency Time 38 m write EEPROM When this contact is ON you can t write into EEPROM unction 39 Torque command When the torque command source is AVI or ACI and this direction contact is ON it is negative torque 4 79 Chapter 4 Parameters Settings Functions Descriptions 40 Force stop When this contact is ON during operation the drive will free run to stop 41 Serial position clock The position method of the main shaft When using setting 41 and setting 42 it needs to use with 2 input terminals for multi position control Do SPI Position Command Clock DI PG position CNC P control point Pr 10 19 Controller PLC DO SPlPosition Command Data DI main gt shaft VFD VE transmission PG position control point 42 Serial position input OSS Py f It il ii gt Pr 10 19 Clock Rea dy for transmission ts ES main shaft OSS p VFD VE Data test example angle Encoder b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 b6 b5 b4 b3 b2 b1 bo 360 40906 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4095 1 1 1 1 AE 1 4 1 1 1 1 180 2048 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 90 1024 1011101 019 0 0101 0101 010 45 512 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 137 1558 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 308 3504
291. tor Nr Number of motors in parallel Ns Number of simultaneously started motors GD Total inertia GD calculated back to motor shaft kg m Ti Load torque ta Motor acceleration time N Motor speed Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 C 3 Appendix C How to Select the Right AC Motor Drive 1 7 375 C 2 General Precaution C4 Selection Note 1 When the AC Motor Drive is connected directly to a large capacity power transformer 600kVA or above or when a phase lead capacitor is switched excess peak currents may occur in the power input circuit and the converter section may be damaged To avoid this use an AC input reactor optional before AC Motor Drive mains input to reduce the current and improve the input power efficiency When a special motor is used or more than one motor is driven in parallel with a single AC Motor Drive select the AC Motor Drive current 21 25x Sum of the motor rated currents The starting and accel decel characteristics of a motor are limited by the rated current and the overload protection of the AC Motor Drive Compared to running the motor D O L Direct On Line a lower starting torque output with AC Motor Drive can be expected If higher starting torque is required such as for elevators mixers tooling machines etc use an AC Motor Drive of higher capacity or increase the capacities for both the motor and the AC Motor Drive When an error occurs on the drive a protective circuit will
292. tory Setting 180 0 460V series 320 0 440 0Vdc Factory Setting 360 0 It is used to set the Lv level input voltage 30V 60V Pr 06 00 06 01 m Over Voltage Stall Prevention Unit 0 1 Contro yr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG mode Settings 230V series 350 0 450 0Vdc Factory Setting 380 0 460V series 700 0 900 0Vdc Factory Setting 760 0 0 0 disable when brake resistor used gq During deceleration the DC bus voltage may exceed its Maximum Allowable Value due to motor regeneration When this function is enabled the AC motor drive will not decelerate further and keep the output frequency constant until the voltage drops below the preset value again Deceleration characteristic when Over Voltage Stall Prevention enabled output frequency Frequency Held lt gt 1 time gt deceleration time 4 110 Chapter 4 Parameters 737 al 06 02 X Phase loss Protection Control vr VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Warn and keep operation 1 Warn and ramp to stop 2 Warn and coast to stop Ea It is used to set the phase loss treatment The phase loss will effect driver s control characteristic and life EJ x Over Current Stall Prevention during Acceleration Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC Factory Setting 170 mode Settings 00 250 100 drive s rated current Ea During acceleration the AC drive output current may increase abruptly and exceed th
293. tput 10 MO8 need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 ese w Multi function Output 11 MOQ need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 YZV Multi function Output 12 MOA need to use with EMV APP01 Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 50 Summary of function settings Take the normally open contact for example ON contact is closed OFF contact is open Control Mode settings VF VFPG SVC _ FOCPG TQCPG 0 No function 1 Operation indication O O O O O 2 Operation speed attained O O O O O 3 Desired frequency attained 1 Pr 02 19 O O O O O 4 Desired frequency attained 2 Pr 02 21 O O O O 5 Zero speed frequency command O O O O 6 Zero speed with stop frequency command O O O O 7 Over torque OT1 Pr 06 06 06 08 O O O O Q 8 Over torque OT2 Pr 06 09 06 11 O O O O O 9 Drive ready O O O O 10 User defined Low voltage Detection O O O O 11 Malfunction indication O O O 12 Mechanical brake release Pr 02 31 O O C 13 Overheat O O 14 Software brake signal indication O O 15 PID feedback error O O 16 Slip error OSL O O 17 Terminal count value attained Pr 02 16 O O O 18 Preliminary count value attained Pr 02 17 O O O O O 19 Baseblock B B Indication O O O O Q 4 83 Chapter 4 Parameters V7 257 aA
294. trol tests at the factory before shipment After receiving the AC motor drive please check for the following m Check to make sure that the package includes an AC motor drive the User Manual Quick Start and CD W Inspect the unit to assure it was not damaged during shipment W Make sure that the part number indicated on the nameplate corresponds with the part number of your order 1 1 1 Nameplate Information Example for 5HP 3 7kW 3 phase 230V AC motor drive AC Drive Model MODE VFD037V23A 2 Input Spec INPUT 3PH 200 240V 50 60Hz 19 6A OUTPUT 3PH 0 240V 17A 6 5kVA 5HP Output Spec gt Freq Range 0 00 600 00Hz Output Frequency Range ENCLOSURE TYPE 1 Enclosure type gt TIU ANN AT AT TUTT Serial Number 8 Bar Code gt 037V23A2T6360001 S 1 1 2 Model Explanation VFD 037 V 23 A 2 L VFD VE Series Version Type Mains Input Voltage 23 230V Three phase 43 460V Three phase Vector Series Applicable motor capacity 007 1HP 0 7kW 150 20HP 15kW 015 2 HP 1 5kW 185 25b HP 18 5kW 022 3 HP 2 2kW 220 30 HP 22kW 037 5 HP 3 7kW 300 40HP 30kW 055 7 5HP 5 5kW 370 50 HP 37kW 075 10 HP 7 5kW 450 60HP 45kW 110 15 HP 11kW 550 75HP 55kW 750 100HP 75kW Series Name Variable Frequency Drive Chapter 1 Introduction 2 274 1 1 3 Series Number Explanation 037V23A2 T 7 36 0001 Production number Production week Production y
295. uccessful input in Pr 00 07 1 Password has been set 00 09 Energy Saving Gain 10 1000 100 00 10 4 2 Control Method 0 V f Control 1 V f Control Encoder VFPG 2 Sensorless vector control SVC 3 FOC vector control Encoder FOCPG 4 Torque control Encoder TQCPG Chapter 4 Parameters 777A Pr Explanation Settings EE VF VFPG Svc FOCPG TQCPG 0 V f curve determined by group 01 0 O o 00 11 V f Curve Selection 1 1 5 power curve 2 Square curve Constant Variable Torque 0 Constant Torque 150 0 O O O O 400 12 Selection 1 Variable Torque 120 0 Linear accel decel 0 O1o o O 1 Auto accel linear decel Optimal 2 Linear accel auto decel 00 13 Acceleration Deceleration 3 Auto accel decel auto calculate the accel decel Setting time by actual load 4 Stall prevention by auto accel decel limited by 01 12 to 01 21 Time Unit for 0 Unit 0 01 second 0 O O O O 00 14 Acceleration Deceleration 1 Unit 0 1 second and S Curve 00 15 Reserved 00 16 Reserved 00 17 Carrier Frequency 1 15KHz 10 ojojo O Q Auto Voltage Regulation 0 Enable AVR 0 Ojojoj O X00 18 AVR Function 1 Disable AVR 2 Disable AVR when deceleration stop Auto Energy saving 0 Disable 0 O O O 00 19 Operation 1 Enable 0 Digital keypad KPV CE01 o lolor olo 1 RS 485 serial communication 2 External analog input Pr 03 00
296. ulti position 8 Unit 1 OKE w Multi position 9 Unit 1 YWIS w Multi position 10 Unit 1 Lae w Multi position 11 Unit 1 51 38 Multi position 12 Unit 1 Byam Multi position 13 Unit 1 51 w Multi position 14 Unit 1 OXE w Multi position 15 Unit 1 4 100 Chapter 4 Parameters 7 57 A Control epg FOCPG Factory setting 0 mode Settings 0 to 65535 a Please refer to the explanation of Pr 02 00 to Pr 02 06 MI4 MI3 MI2 MI1 Pr 10 19 setting 0 0 0 0 Master frequency 04 15 multi position 1 0 0 0 1 04 00 1 step speed frequency 04 16 multi position2 0 0 1 0 04 01 2 step speed frequency 04 17 multi position 3 0 0 1 1 04 02 3 step speed frequency 04 18 multi position 4 0 1 0 0 04 03 4 step speed frequency 04 19 multi position 5 0 1 0 1 04 04 5 step speed frequency 04 20 multi position 6 0 1 1 0 04 05 6 step speed frequency 04 21 multi position 7 0 1 1 1 04 06 7 step speed frequency 04 22 multi position 8 1 0 0 0 04 07 8 step speed frequency 04 23 multi position 9 1 0 0 1 04 08 9 step speed frequency 04 24 multi position 10 1 0 1 0 04 09 10 step speed frequency 04 25 multi position 11 1 0 1 1 04 10 11 step speed frequency 04 26 multi position 12 1 1 0 0 04 11 12 step speed frequency 04 27 multi position 13 1 1 0 1 04 12 13 step speed frequency 04 28 multi position 14 1 1 1 0 04 13 14 step speed frequency 04 29 multi position 15 1 1 1 1 04 14 15 step speed frequency
297. unction Input 0 O O O Command 14 20 Digital Down command 21 PID function disabled 22 clear counter 23 input the counter value multi function input command 6 24 FWD JOG command 25 REV JOG command 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode selection 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection 28 Emergency stop EF1 29 Signal confirmation for Y connection 30 Signal confirmation for A connection 31 High torque bias by Pr 07 29 32 Middle torque bias by Pr 07 30 33 Low torque bias by Pr 07 31 34 Enable multi step position control 35 Enable position control 36 Enable multi step position learning function valid at stop 37 Enable pulse position input command 38 Disable write EEPROM function 39 Torque command direction 40 Force stop 41 Serial position clock 42 Serial position input Chapter 4 Parameters mr Chapter 4 Parameters STAY F P Factory Pr Explanation Settings Setting VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG 43 Analog input resolution selection 44 Enable initial reel diameter 45 Reset initial reel diameter 1 O 46 Reset initial reel diameter 2 O 47 Reset PID control integration of tension 48 Mechanical gear ratio switch 49 Enab
298. unning The material on which the AC motor drive is mounted must be noncombustible and be able to withstand this high temperature When AC motor drive is installed in a confined space e g cabinet the surrounding temperature must be within 10 40 C with good ventilation DO NOT install the AC motor drive in a space with bad ventilation When installing multiple AC more drives in the same cabinet they should be adjacent in a row with enough space in between When installing one AC motor drive below another one use a metal separation between the AC motor drives to prevent mutual heating Prevent fiber particles scraps of paper saw dust metal particles etc from adhering to the heatsink 1 2 2 Remove Keypad 1 5HP 0 75 3 7kW Frame B 7 5 15HP 5 5 11kW Frame C Chapter 1 Introduction 17 57 15 30HP 11 22kW Frame D 40 100HP 30 75kW Frame E s SS A A il gt U gt e A 1 2 3 Remove Front Cover 1 5HP 0 75 3 7kW Frame B 7 5 15HP 5 5 11kW Frame C Chapter 1 Introduction V7 737 3 15 30HP 11 22kW Frame D 40 100HP 30 75kW Frame E 1 2 4 Lifting Please carry only fully assembled AC motor drives as sho
299. ut A needs to be used with Pr 02 16 command 6 24 FWD JOG command When the contact is ON the drive will execute forward Jog command 25 REV JOG command When the contact is ON the drive will execute reverse Jog command 26 TQCPG FOCPG mode When the contact is ON TQCPG mode selection When the contact is OFF FOCPG mode 4 75 Chapter 4 Parameters VZV A Settings Functions Descriptions RUN STOP command Multi func tion input i terminal is set to 26 torque speed v mode switch i 03 00 03 1 speed speed limit speed speed limit AVI AUI ACI is command command I frequency command I 03 00 03 2 torque torque i AVI AUI ACI is limit torque limit torque torque command command command 1 troi Speed speed speed mode _ control torque control torque control control control decel tostop Switch timing for torque speed control 00 10 3 4 multi function inputterminal is set to 26 When the contact is ON speed will be adjusted by ASR 2 27 ASR1 ASR2 selection setting OFF speed will be adjusted by ASR 1 setting Refer to Pr 10 08 for details When the contact is ON the drive will execute emergency stop 28 Emergency stop EF 1 gency stop it will have fault code record Signal confirmation for Y 29 connection When is the contact is ON the drive will operate by 1st V f 30 Signal confirmation for ec the
300. ut the need for re adjustment during operation The 12 groups are as follows Group 0 System Parameters Group 1 Basic Parameters Group 2 Digital Input Output Parameters Group 3 Analog Input Output Parameters Group 4 Multi Step Speed Parameters Group 5 Motor Parameters Group 6 Protection Parameters Group 7 Special Parameters Group 8 High function PID Parameters Group 9 Communication Parameters Group 10 Speed Feedback Control Parameters Group 11 Advanced Parameters Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Chapter 4 Parameters 722A 4 1 Summary of Parameter Settings M The parameter can be set during operation Group 0 System Parameters Pr Explanation Settings Factory Setting 00 00 Identity Code of the AC motor drive Read only 00 01 Rated Current Display of the AC motor drive Read only 00 02 Parameter Reset 0 No function 1 Read only 2 Enable group 11 parameters setting 8 Keypad lock 9 All parameters are reset to factory settings 50Hz 220V 380V 10 All parameters are reset to factory settings 60Hz 220V 440V 00 03 Start up Display Selection 0 Display the frequency command value LED F 1 Display the actual output frequency LED H Multifunction display see Pr 00 04 LED U Display the output current A 00 04 Content of Multi Function Display Display output current A Display counter value C Display output frequency H
301. vailable in the AC motor drive Pr 09 11 to Pr 09 20 User can use them Pr 09 11 to Pr 09 20 to save those parameters that you want to read EZE Multi function Output Status Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 to 65535 4 171 WT Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 Display Digital Value of Analog Output 2 fosa VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 to 4095 09 23 Display Digital Value of Analog Output 3 pani VF VFPG SVC FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting Read only Settings 0 to 4095 Ea Pr 09 22 and Pr 09 23 are used to communicate with multi function extension card EMV APP01 Refer to Appendix B for details m ian When Pr 09 22 and Pr 09 23 are set to 4095 it corresponds to 10V 4 172 Group 10 PID Control Chapter 4 Parameters 1737 al In this group ASR is short for the Auto Speed Regulation and PG is short for Pulse Generator 10 00 Encoder Pulse Unit 1 Control Settings VFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 600 1 to 20000 Max 20000 for 2 pole motor Ea A Pulse Generator PG or encoder is used as a sensor that provides a feedback signal of the motor speed This parameter defines the number of pulses for each cycle of the PG control 10 01 Encoder Input Type Setting Control Settings 0 VFPG FOCPG TQCPG Factory Setting 0 Disable Phase A leads in a forward run command and phase B leads
302. w gt 3 FWD STOP C ie DO Revstor ret 5 ulti step 1 LLL MH Factory k r1 VP setting pMulti step2 i m2 DCM Multi step 3 MI3 M 4 Multi step 4 MIA AT No function MI5 B1 PG No function z c O MI6 BT Line driver Digital Signal Common Z1 DCM zi 7 I 3 incrementalencoder vairnirni A2 VP LTTE i Yo TLL Yo AD DCM YO Yol I 4 l B2 A O ny LILY E Fi yr B2 B O i s i CO DCM ZIO phase difference is 90 tr EMV PG010 5 Types of Pulse Generators Encoders ABZ1 PS1 AB2 PS1 Types of Pulse Generators 5V 12V 5V 12V VOLTAGE vee TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V i d o O P OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V ov Open collector TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V B 25 Appendix B Accessories 1 7 3 7 al VCC O P OV Line driver TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V TP 12V d H B H B OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V Q Complementary VCC i jj TP T TP 12V TP h A pid OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OC 5V OV B 26 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories ZZVJ B 8 3 EMV PG01L PG OUT pulse output AB2 PG2 signal mode switch ABZ1 PG1 signal mode switch PG1 PG2 pulse feedback pulse input 1 Terminals descriptions Terminal Descriptions Symbols VP Power source of EMV PGO1L Output Voltage 5V 5 200mA DCM Power source and input signal common e ET Input signal Input type is selected by ABZ1 It can be 1 phase o
303. wana Power RLI um i V2 Supply TA3 WIT3 Note 1 The table above gives approximate wire size for the zero phase reactors but the selection is ultimately governed by the type and diameter of cable fitted i e the cable must fit through the center hole of zero phase reactors Note 2 Only the phase conductors should pass through not the earth core or screen Note 3 When long motor output cables are used an output zero phase reactor may be required to reduce radiated emissions from the cable B 15 Appendix B Accessories 77 37 B 6 DC Choke Recommended Values 230V DC Ch 460V DC Ch oke Input voltage kW HP DC Amps Inductance mh 0 75 1 9 7 50 1 5 2 12 4 00 2 2 3 18 2 75 3 7 5 25 1 75 5 5 7 5 32 0 85 230Vac penile 7 5 10 40 0 75 a 11 15 62 Built in 15 20 92 Built in 18 5 25 110 Built in 22 30 125 Built in 30 40 Built in 37 50 Built in oke Input voltage kW HP DC Amps Inductance mh 0 75 1 4 25 00 1 5 2 9 11 50 2 2 3 9 11 50 3 7 5 12 6 00 5 5 7 5 18 3 75 7 5 10 25 4 00 460Vac 11 15 32 Built in 50 60Hz 15 20 50 Built in 3 Phase 18 5 25 62 Built in 22 30 80 Built in 30 40 92 Built in 37 50 110 Built in 45 60 125 Built in 55 75 200 Built in 75 100 240 Built in B 16 Revision Jul 2014 04VE SW V2 05 Appendix B Accessories 17 37 Al B 7 Remote Controller RC 01 Di
304. wiring size 18 AWG 0 75 mm with shielded wire Analog input terminals AVI ACI AUI ACM W Analog input signals are easily affected by external noise Use shielded wiring and keep it as short as possible 20m with proper grounding If the noise is inductive connecting the shield to terminal ACM can bring improvement m If the analog input signals are affected by noise from the AC motor drive please connect a capacitor and ferrite core as indicated in the following diagrams AVI ACI AUI ACM ferrite core wind each wires 3 times or more around the core Digital inputs FWD REV MI1 MI6 DCM W When using contacts or switches to control the digital inputs please use high quality components to avoid contact bounce Digital outputs MO1 MO2 MCM W Make sure to connect the digital outputs to the right polarity see wiring diagrams W When connecting a relay to the digital outputs connect a surge absorber or fly back diode across the coil and check the polarity 2 15 Chapter 2 Installation and Wiring 7 3 A General W Keep control wiring as far as possible from the power wiring and in separate conduits to avoid interference If necessary let them cross only at 90 angle W The AC motor drive control wiring should be properly installed and not touch any live power wiring or terminals fea W Ifa filter is required for reducing EMI Electro Magnetic Interference install it as close as possible to AC drive
305. wn in the following For 40 100HP Frame E and E1 Step 1 Step 2 Chapter 1 Introduction a2 A Step 3 Step 4 NN u I NS LN Mun 1 9 Chapter 1 Introduction 1757 33 1 3 Dimensions Frame B D w D1 w1 D2 Ir ZZ noonoaoe ng J OF IETF EE II 2 I eee EGIN Unit mm inch Frame Ww w1 H H1 D D1 D2 S1 S2 B 150 0 135 0 260 0 244 3 160 2 67 0 4 0 8 0 6 5 5 91 5 32 10 24 9 63 6 31 2 64 0 16 0 32 0 26 150 0 135 0 2721 244 3 183 7 67 0 4 0 8 0 6 5 5 91 5 32 10 72 9 63 7 24 2 64 0 16 0 32 0 26 Dra Frame B1 VFD007V23A 43A 2 VFD015V23A 43A 2 VFD022V23A 43A 2 Frame B2 VFD037V23A 43A 2 1 10 Chapter 1 Introduction 22274 Frame C w D w1 I n DUI TI i IA III HITTIN TED BUDE Unit mm inch Frame Ww W1 H H1 D 1 S2 C 200 0 185 6 323 0 244 3 160 2 7 0 7 0 7 88 7 31 12 73 9 63 6 31 0 28 0 28 Pria Frame C VFD055V23A 43A 2
306. xample Assume that the tension feedback 0 100 corresponds to loose tension to tight tension Pr 08 26 50 and Pr 08 56 10 the smart start range will be from 0 40 08 57 Frequency for Smart Start Unit 1 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 2 00 Settings 0 00 600 00Hz KET x Accel Time for Smart Start Unit 0 01 Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 3 00 Settings 0 01 600 00 sec Ea Pr 08 55 08 58 are only valid when Pr 08 21 is set to 1 Ea Pr 08 58 is only valid when there is no source of line speed Ea When start up it can set Pr 08 55 to 1 to prevent too long time for stable the dancer under loose material or out of Pr 08 56 setting Example The PID control is only valid when setting Pr 08 57 and Pr 08 58 to make the tension feedback reaches Pr 08 56 setting Ea In unwind mode when Pr 08 55 is set to 2 it allows to operate the motor in opposite direction to tight the material automatically KET Broken Belt Detection Control VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 Settings 0 Disable 1 Enable 08 60 Min Line Speed of Broken Belt Detection Unit 0 1 pi VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 0 0 Settings 0 0 3000 0 m min UZE Allowance Difference of Reel Diameter of Broken Belt Detection Unit 0 1 Coritrol VF VFPG SVC FOCPG Factory Setting 100 0 Settings 1 0 6000 0 mm 4 153 WT Chapter 4 Parameters 17 3 08 62 Detection Time of Broken Belt Unit 0 1
307. y push button 5 3 wire momentary push button and Line Start Lockout 02 01 Multi Function Input 0 no function 1 Command 1 MI1 1 multi step speed command 1 multi step position itis Stop terminal for 3 command 1 wire operation 2 multi step speed command 2 multi step position command 2 02 02 3 multi step speed command 3 multi step position 2 Multi Function Input command 3 Command 2 MI2 4 multi step speed command 4 multi step position command 4 02 03 Multi Function Input 5 Reset 3 Command 3 MI3 6 JOG command 02 04 Multi Function Input T acceleration deceleration speed inhibit 4 Command 4 MI4 8 the 1st 2ndacceleration deceleration time selection 02 05 Multi Function Input 9 the 3rd 4th acceleration deceleration time selection 0 Command 5 MIS 10 EF input 07 36 02 06 Multi Function Input 11 B B input 0 Command 6 MI6 specific terminal for 12 Output stop TRG 02 23 Multi Function Input 13 cancel the setting of the optimal 0 Command 7 acceleration deceleration time 0224 Multi Function Input 14 switch between drive settings 1 and 2 0 Command 8 02 25 Multi Function Input 15 operation speed command form AVI 0 o o o O Command 9 02 26 Multi Function Input 16 operation speed command form ACI 0 O O Command 10 02 27 Muit Function Input 17 operation speed command form AUI 0 O O Command 11 02 28 Multi Function Input 0 O O O O O Command 12 18 Emergency Stop 07 36 02 29 Multi Function Input
308. ystem is operating as expected Whether any irregular vibration or sound occurred during operation Whether the motors are overheating during operation MRP o Always check the input voltage of the AC drive with a Voltmeter Periodic Inspection Before the check up always turn off the AC input power and remove the cover Wait at least 10 minutes after all display lamps have gone out and then confirm that the capacitors have fully discharged by measuring the voltage between 1 2 and The voltage between 1 2 and should be less than 25VDC Amm 1 Disconnect AC power before processing 2 Only qualified personnel can install wire and maintain AC motor drives Please take off any metal objects such as watches and rings before operation And only insulated tools are allowed Never reassemble internal components or wiring Prevent static electricity A Chapter 6 Fault Code Information and Maintenance c2 VE Periodical Maintenance m Ambient environment Check Items Methods and Criterion Maintenance Period Daily Half Year One Year Check the ambient temperature humidity vibration and see if Visual inspection and measurement objects with equipment with standard O there are any dust gas oil or specification water drops p If there are any dangerous Visual inspection o L Voltage Check Items Methods and Criterion Maintenance Period Daily

0 6 V E - InduProgress

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents